Initial commit

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USBPD_Library/Core/inc/usbpd_dpm_core.h

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    usbpd_dpm_core.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Header file for usbpd_dpm_core.c file
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics International N.V.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+/* USER CODE END Header */
+
+#ifndef __USBPD_DPM_CORE_H_
+#define __USBPD_DPM_CORE_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */
+
+/* USER CODE END Includes */
+
+/* Exported typedef ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN typedef */
+
+/* USER CODE END typedef */
+
+/* Exported define -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef _RTOS
+#if defined(USBPD_TCPM_MODULE_ENABLED)
+#define TCPM_ALARMBOX_MESSAGES_MAX      (3U * USBPD_PORT_COUNT)
+#endif /* USBPD_TCPM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+#endif /* _RTOS */
+/* USER CODE BEGIN define */
+
+/* USER CODE END define */
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN constants */
+
+/* USER CODE END constants */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN macro */
+
+/* USER CODE END macro */
+
+/* Exported variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+extern USBPD_ParamsTypeDef DPM_Params[USBPD_PORT_COUNT];
+/* USER CODE BEGIN variables */
+
+/* USER CODE END variables */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef USBPD_DPM_InitCore(void);
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef USBPD_DPM_InitOS(void);
+void                USBPD_DPM_Run(void);
+#if !defined(USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD)
+void                USBPD_DPM_TimerCounter(void);
+#endif /* USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD */
+/* USER CODE BEGIN functions */
+
+/* USER CODE END functions */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __USBPD_DPM_H_ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USBPD_Library/Core/inc/usbpd_trace.h

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    usbpd_trace.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file contains the headers of usbpd_cad.h for Cable Attach-Detach
+  *          controls.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#ifndef __USBPD_TRACE_H_
+#define __USBPD_TRACE_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "usbpd_core.h"
+/** @addtogroup STM32_USBPD_LIBRARY
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_CORE
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_CORE_TRACE
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported define -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef enum {
+  TCPM_TRACE_CORE_ALERT,    /*!< ALERT_TASK */
+  TCPM_TRACE_ALERT,         /*!< USBPD_TCPM_alert */
+  TCPM_TRACE_ALERT_CLEAR,   /*!< USBPD_TCPM_alert: tcpc_clear_alert */
+  TCPM_TRACE_ALERT_GET_POWER_STATUS,  /*!< USBPD_TCPM_alert: get_power_status */
+  TCPM_TRACE_ALERT_GET_FAULT_STATUS,  /*!< USBPD_TCPM_alert: get_fault_status */
+  TCPM_TRACE_ALERT_SET_FAULT_STATUS,  /*!< USBPD_TCPM_alert: set_fault_status */
+  TCPM_TRACE_ALERT_READ_ALERT,  /*!< USBPD_TCPM_alert: set_fault_status */
+  TCPM_TRACE_HW_INIT,  /*!< USBPD_TCPM_HWInit */
+  TCPM_TRACE_SET_CC,  /*!< USBPD_TCPM_set_cc */
+  TCPM_TRACE_VBUS_GET_VOLTAGE,  /*!< USBPD_TCPM_VBUS_GetVoltage */
+  TCPM_TRACE_VBUS_IS_VSAFE0V,  /*!< USBPD_TCPM_VBUS_IsVsafe0V */
+  TCPM_TRACE_VBUS_IS_VSAFEEV,  /*!< USBPD_TCPM_VBUS_IsVsafe5V */
+  TCPM_TRACE_VBUS_ENABLE,  /*!< USBPD_TCPM_VBUS_Enable */
+  TCPM_TRACE_VBUS_DISABLE,  /*!< USBPD_TCPM_VBUS_Disable */
+  TCPM_TRACE_INIT,          /*USBPD_PHY_Init*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_DEINIT,        /*USBPD_PHY_Deinit*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_RESET,         /*USBPD_PHY_Reset*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_SOP_SUPPORTED, /*USBPD_PHY_SOPSupported*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_GET_CC,        /*USBPD_TCPM_get_cc*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_SET_POLARITY, /*USBPD_TCPM_set_polarity*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_SET_VCONN,     /*USBPD_TCPM_set_vconn*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_SET_MSG_HEADER, /*USBPD_TCPM_set_msg_header*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_SET_RX_STATE,  /*USBPD_TCPM_set_rx_state*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_SET_GET_MESSAGE, /*USBPD_TCPM_get_message*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_TRANSMIT,      /*USBPD_TCPM_transmit*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_RESET_REQUEST, /*USBPD_PHY_ResetRequest*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_SEND_BIST,     /*USBPD_PHY_Send_BIST_Pattern*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_SEND_BIST_PATTERN, /*USBPD_TCPM_Send_BIST_Pattern*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_SINK_TXNG,     /*USBPD_PHY_SetResistor_SinkTxNG*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_SINK_TXOK,     /*USBPD_PHY_SetResistor_SinkTxOK*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_SINK_IF_TXOK,  /*USBPD_PHY_IsResistor_SinkTxOk*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_FAST_ROLE_SWAP, /*USBPD_PHY_FastRoleSwapSignalling*/
+  TCPM_TRACE_ENABLE_RX,     /* tcpc_EnableRx */
+  TCPM_TRACE_DISABLE_RX,    /* tcpc_DisableRx */
+  TCPM_TRACE_SET_PIN_ROLE,  /* tcpc_tcpc_set_cc */
+} USBPD_TCPM_TRACE;
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+extern TRACE_ENTRY_POINT USBPD_Trace;
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup USBPD_CORE_TRACE_Exported_Functions USBPD CORE TRACE Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the TRACE module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void            USBPD_TRACE_Init(void);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the TRACE module
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void            USBPD_TRACE_DeInit(void);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Add information in debug trace buffer
+  * @param  Type    Trace Type based on @ref TRACE_EVENT
+  * @param  PortNum Port number value
+  * @param  Sop     SOP type
+  * @param  Ptr     Pointer on the data to send
+  * @param  Size    Size of the data to send
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void            USBPD_TRACE_Add(TRACE_EVENT Type, uint8_t PortNum, uint8_t Sop, uint8_t *Ptr, uint32_t Size);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __USBPD_CAD_H_ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USBPD_Library/Core/src/usbpd_trace.c

@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    usbpd_trace.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file contains trace control functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define USBPD_TRACE_C
+
+#include "usbpd_def.h"
+#include "usbpd_core.h"
+#include "usbpd_trace.h"
+#ifdef _TRACE
+#include "tracer_emb.h"
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32_USBPD_LIBRARY
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_CORE
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_CORE_TRACE
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private enums -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup USBPD_CORE_TRACE_Private_Defines USBPD TRACE Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TRACE_SIZE_HEADER_TRACE   9u      /* Type + Time x 2 + PortNum + Sop + Size */
+
+#define TRACE_PORT_BIT_POSITION   5u      /* Bit position of port number in TAG id */
+
+#define TLV_SOF                   (uint8_t)0xFDu
+#define TLV_EOF                   (uint8_t)0xA5u
+#define TLV_SIZE_MAX              256u
+#define TLV_HEADER_SIZE           3u /* Size of TLV header (TAG(1) + LENGTH(2)  */
+#define TLV_SOF_SIZE              4u /* TLV_SOF * 4                             */
+#define TLV_EOF_SIZE              4u /* TLV_EOF * 4                             */
+
+#define DEBUG_STACK_MESSAGE       0x12u
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup USBPD_CORE_TRACE_Private_Macros USBPD TRACE Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define __TRACE_SET_TAG_ID(_PORT_, _TAG_)  (((_PORT_) << TRACE_PORT_BIT_POSITION) | (_TAG_))
+
+#define TRACER_EMB_WRITE_DATA(_POSITION_,_DATA_)  TRACER_EMB_WriteData((_POSITION_),(_DATA_));\
+                                                  (_POSITION_) = ((_POSITION_) + 1u);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+const uint8_t OverFlow_String[] = { TLV_SOF, TLV_SOF, TLV_SOF, TLV_SOF,   /* Buffer header */
+                                    0x32,                                 /* Tag id */
+                                    0x0, 0x18,                            /* Length */
+                                    0x6,                                  /* Type */
+                                    0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,                   /* Time   */
+                                    0x0,                                  /* PortNum */
+                                    0x0,                                  /* SOP */
+                                    0x0, 0x0F,                                                    /* Size */
+                                    'T','R','A','C','E',' ','O','V','E','R','_','F','L','O','W',  /* Data */
+                                    TLV_EOF, TLV_EOF, TLV_EOF, TLV_EOF                            /* Buffer end */
+                                  };
+
+/** @defgroup USBPD_CORE_TRACE_Private_Variables USBPD TRACE Private Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+extern uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void);
+extern void     USBPD_DPM_TraceWakeUp(void);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_CORE_TRACE_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+void USBPD_TRACE_Init(void)
+{
+#if defined(_TRACE)
+  /* initialize tracer module */
+  TRACER_EMB_Init();
+
+  /* Initialize PE trace */
+  USBPD_PE_SetTrace(USBPD_TRACE_Add, 3u);
+
+  /* Initialize the overflow detection */
+  (void)TRACER_EMB_EnableOverFlow(OverFlow_String, sizeof(OverFlow_String));
+#else
+  return;
+#endif
+}
+
+void USBPD_TRACE_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Nothing to do */
+  return;
+}
+
+void  USBPD_TRACE_Add(TRACE_EVENT Type, uint8_t PortNum, uint8_t Sop, uint8_t *Ptr, uint32_t Size)
+{
+#if defined(_TRACE)
+  uint32_t _time;
+  int32_t _writepos;
+  uint32_t index;
+
+  /*  Get trace timing */
+  _time = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  TRACER_EMB_Lock();
+
+  /* Data are encapsulate inside a TLV string*/
+  /* Allocate buffer Size */
+  _writepos = TRACER_EMB_AllocateBufer(Size + TRACE_SIZE_HEADER_TRACE + TLV_HEADER_SIZE + TLV_SOF_SIZE + TLV_EOF_SIZE);
+
+  /* Check allocation */
+  if (_writepos  != -1)
+  {
+    /* Copy SOF bytes */
+    for (index = 0u; index < TLV_SOF_SIZE; index++)
+    {
+      TRACER_EMB_WRITE_DATA(_writepos, TLV_SOF);
+    }
+    /* Copy the TAG */
+    TRACER_EMB_WRITE_DATA(_writepos, __TRACE_SET_TAG_ID((PortNum + 1u), DEBUG_STACK_MESSAGE));
+    /* Copy the LENGTH */
+    TRACER_EMB_WRITE_DATA(_writepos, (uint8_t)((Size + TRACE_SIZE_HEADER_TRACE) >> 8u));
+    TRACER_EMB_WRITE_DATA(_writepos, (uint8_t)(Size+ TRACE_SIZE_HEADER_TRACE));
+
+    /* Trace type */
+    TRACER_EMB_WRITE_DATA(_writepos, (uint8_t)Type);
+
+    TRACER_EMB_WRITE_DATA(_writepos, (uint8_t)_time);
+    TRACER_EMB_WRITE_DATA(_writepos, (uint8_t)(_time >> 8u));
+    TRACER_EMB_WRITE_DATA(_writepos, (uint8_t)(_time >> 16u));
+    TRACER_EMB_WRITE_DATA(_writepos, (uint8_t)(_time >> 24u));
+
+    TRACER_EMB_WRITE_DATA(_writepos, PortNum);
+    TRACER_EMB_WRITE_DATA(_writepos, Sop);
+
+    TRACER_EMB_WRITE_DATA(_writepos, (uint8_t)(Size >> 8u));
+    TRACER_EMB_WRITE_DATA(_writepos, (uint8_t)Size);
+
+    /* initialize the Ptr for Read/Write */
+    for (index = 0u; index < Size; index++)
+    {
+      TRACER_EMB_WRITE_DATA(_writepos, Ptr[index]);
+    }
+
+    /* Copy EOF bytes */
+    for (index = 0u; index < TLV_EOF_SIZE; index++)
+    {
+      TRACER_EMB_WRITE_DATA(_writepos, TLV_EOF);
+    }
+  }
+
+  TRACER_EMB_UnLock();
+
+  TRACER_EMB_SendData();
+#else
+  return;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup USBPD_CORE_TRACE_Private_Functions USBPD TRACE Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USBPD_Library/Devices/STM32G0XX/inc/usbpd_cad_hw_if.h

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    usbpd_cad_hw_if.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file contains the headers of usbpd_cad_hw_if.c for Cable Attach-Detach
+  *          controls.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+#ifndef __USBPD_CAD_HW_IF_H_
+#define __USBPD_CAD_HW_IF_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "usbpd_core.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32_USBPD_LIBRARY
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_DEVICE
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_DEVICE_CAD_HW_IF
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported define -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if defined(USBPDCORE_DRP) || defined(USBPDCORE_SRC)
+/* Keep for legacy */
+uint32_t                          CAD_Set_ResistorRp(uint8_t PortNum, CAD_RP_Source_Current_Adv_Typedef RpValue);
+#endif /* USBPDCORE_DRP || USBPDCORE_SRC */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_DEVICE_CAD_HW_IF_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+void                              CAD_Init(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SettingsTypeDef *Settings, USBPD_ParamsTypeDef *Params, void (*PtrWakeUp)(void));
+uint32_t                          CAD_StateMachine(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_CAD_EVENT *Event, CCxPin_TypeDef *CCXX);
+void                              CAD_Enter_ErrorRecovery(uint8_t PortNum);
+#if defined(USBPDCORE_DRP) || defined(USBPDCORE_SRC)
+uint32_t                          CAD_SRC_Set_ResistorRp(uint8_t PortNum, CAD_RP_Source_Current_Adv_Typedef RpValue);
+#endif /* USBPDCORE_DRP || USBPDCORE_SRC */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __USBPD_CAD_HW_IF_H_ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USBPD_Library/Devices/STM32G0XX/inc/usbpd_devices_conf_template.h

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    usbpd_devices_conf.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file contains the device define.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  *
+  * Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. All rights reserved.
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+#ifndef USBPD_DEVICE_CONF_H
+#define USBPD_DEVICE_CONF_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32g0xx_ll_adc.h"
+#include "stm32g0xx_ll_bus.h"
+#if defined(USBPD_HW_C)||defined(USBPD_BSP_TRACE_C)
+#include "stm32g0xx_ll_dma.h"
+#endif
+#if defined(USBPD_HW_C)||defined(USBPD_BSP_TRACE_C)
+#include "stm32g0xx_ll_gpio.h"
+#endif
+#include "stm32g0xx_ll_usart.h"
+#include "stm32g0xx_ll_ucpd.h"
+#include "stm32g0xx_ll_rcc.h"
+#include "stm32g0xx_ll_tim.h"
+
+/* Following include file may be replaced with the BSP UBSPD PWR header file */
+#if defined(STM32G081xx)
+#include "stm32g081b_eval_usbpd_pwr.h"
+#else
+#include "usbpd_bsp_pwr.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+      usbpd_hw.c
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* defined used to configure function : USBPD_HW_GetUSPDInstance */
+#define UCPD_INSTANCE0 UCPD1
+#define UCPD_INSTANCE1 UCPD2
+
+/* defined used to configure function : USBPD_HW_Init_DMARxInstance,USBPD_HW_DeInit_DMARxInstance */
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_CLOCKENABLE_RX  LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1)
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_CLOCKENABLE_RX  LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1)
+
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_DMA_RX  DMA1
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_DMA_RX  DMA1
+
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_REQUEST_RX   DMA_REQUEST_UCPD1_RX
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_REQUEST_RX   DMA_REQUEST_UCPD2_RX
+
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_LL_CHANNEL_RX   LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_LL_CHANNEL_RX   LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
+
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_CHANNEL_RX   DMA1_Channel5
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_CHANNEL_RX   DMA1_Channel2
+
+/* defined used to configure function : USBPD_HW_Init_DMATxInstance, USBPD_HW_DeInit_DMATxInstance */
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_CLOCKENABLE_TX  LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1)
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_CLOCKENABLE_TX  LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1)
+
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_DMA_TX  DMA1
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_DMA_TX  DMA1
+
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_REQUEST_TX   DMA_REQUEST_UCPD1_TX
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_REQUEST_TX   DMA_REQUEST_UCPD2_TX
+
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_LL_CHANNEL_TX   LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_LL_CHANNEL_TX   LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
+
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_CHANNEL_TX   DMA1_Channel3
+#define UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_CHANNEL_TX   DMA1_Channel4
+
+/* defined used to configure  USBPD_HW_SetFRSSignalling */
+#define UCPDFRS_INSTANCE0_FRSCC1  do{                                                                  \
+                                     LL_IOP_GRP1_EnableClock(LL_IOP_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);              \
+                                     LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(GPIOA, LL_GPIO_PIN_2, LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE); \
+                                     LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7(GPIOA, LL_GPIO_PIN_2, LL_GPIO_AF_4);        \
+                                    } while(0)
+
+#define UCPDFRS_INSTANCE1_FRSCC1
+
+#define UCPDFRS_INSTANCE0_FRSCC2  do{                                                                  \
+                                     LL_IOP_GRP1_EnableClock(LL_IOP_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);              \
+                                     LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(GPIOB, LL_GPIO_PIN_0, LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE); \
+                                     LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7(GPIOB, LL_GPIO_PIN_0, LL_GPIO_AF_6);        \
+                                    } while(0)
+
+#define UCPDFRS_INSTANCE1_FRSCC2
+
+#define UCPD_INSTANCE0_ENABLEIRQ  do{                                                                  \
+                                        NVIC_SetPriority(UCPD1_2_IRQn,2);                                \
+                                        NVIC_EnableIRQ(UCPD1_2_IRQn);                                    \
+                                    } while(0)
+
+#define UCPD_INSTANCE1_ENABLEIRQ  do{                                                                  \
+                                        NVIC_SetPriority(UCPD1_2_IRQn,2);                                \
+                                        NVIC_EnableIRQ(UCPD1_2_IRQn);                                    \
+                                    } while(0)
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+      Definitions for timer service feature
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define TIMX                           TIM2
+#define TIMX_CLK_ENABLE                LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM2)
+#define TIMX_CLK_DISABLE               LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM2)
+#define TIMX_IRQ                       TIM2_IRQn
+#define TIMX_CHANNEL_CH1               LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1
+#define TIMX_CHANNEL_CH2               LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2
+#define TIMX_CHANNEL_CH3               LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3
+#define TIMX_CHANNEL_CH4               LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4
+#define TIMX_CHANNEL1_SETEVENT         do{                                                                    \
+                                          LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1(TIMX, (TimeUs + TIMX->CNT) % TIM_MAX_TIME);\
+                                          LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1(TIMX);                                         \
+                                       }while(0)
+#define TIMX_CHANNEL2_SETEVENT         do{                                                                    \
+                                          LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2(TIMX, (TimeUs + TIMX->CNT) % TIM_MAX_TIME);\
+                                          LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC2(TIMX);                                         \
+                                       }while(0)
+#define TIMX_CHANNEL3_SETEVENT         do{                                                                    \
+                                          LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH3(TIMX, (TimeUs + TIMX->CNT) % TIM_MAX_TIME);\
+                                          LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC3(TIMX);                                         \
+                                       }while(0)
+#define TIMX_CHANNEL4_SETEVENT         do{                                                                    \
+                                          LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH4(TIMX, (TimeUs + TIMX->CNT) % TIM_MAX_TIME);\
+                                          LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC4(TIMX);                                         \
+                                       }while(0)
+#define TIMX_CHANNEL1_GETFLAG          LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1
+#define TIMX_CHANNEL2_GETFLAG          LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC2
+#define TIMX_CHANNEL3_GETFLAG          LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC3
+#define TIMX_CHANNEL4_GETFLAG          LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC4
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* USBPD_DEVICE_CONF_H */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USBPD_Library/Devices/STM32G0XX/inc/usbpd_hw.h

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    usbpd_hw.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file contains interface hw control.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+#ifndef USBPD_HW_H
+#define USBPD_HW_H
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable containing ADC conversions results */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+UCPD_TypeDef *USBPD_HW_GetUSPDInstance(uint8_t PortNum);
+DMA_Channel_TypeDef *USBPD_HW_Init_DMARxInstance(uint8_t PortNum);
+void USBPD_HW_DeInit_DMARxInstance(uint8_t PortNum);
+DMA_Channel_TypeDef *USBPD_HW_Init_DMATxInstance(uint8_t PortNum);
+void USBPD_HW_DeInit_DMATxInstance(uint8_t PortNum);
+uint32_t USBPD_HW_GetRpResistorValue(uint8_t Portnum);
+void USBPD_HW_SetFRSSignalling(uint8_t Portnum, uint8_t cc);
+#endif /* USBPD_BSP_HW_H */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USBPD_Library/Devices/STM32G0XX/inc/usbpd_hw_if.h

@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    usbpd_hw_if.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file contains the headers of usbpd_hw_if.h for USB-PD Hardware
+             Interface layer. This file is specific for each device.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+#ifndef __USBPD_HW_IF_H_
+#define __USBPD_HW_IF_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "usbpd_def.h"
+#include "usbpd_devices_conf.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32_USBPD_LIBRARY
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_DEVICE
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_DEVICE_HW_IF
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Exported typedef ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup USBPD_DEVICE_DEVICE_HW_IF_Exported_Types USBPD DEVICE HW_IF Exported Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enum used to get the status of decoding
+  */
+typedef enum
+{
+  USBPD_PHY_RX_STATUS_NONE,
+  USBPD_PHY_RX_STATUS_OK,
+  USBPD_PHY_RX_STATUS_SOP_DETECTING,
+  USBPD_PHY_RX_STATUS_DATA,
+  USBPD_PHY_RX_STATUS_MESSAGE_READY,
+  USBPD_PHY_RX_STATUS_ERROR,
+  USBPD_PHY_RX_STATUS_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_SOP,
+  USBPD_PHY_RX_STATUS_ERROR_INVALID_SOP,
+  USBPD_PHY_RX_STATUS_ERROR_INVALID_SYMBOL,
+  USBPD_PHY_RX_STATUS_ERROR_EOP_NOT_FOUND,
+  USBPD_PHY_RX_STATUS_ERROR_CRC_FAILED,
+}
+USBPD_PHY_RX_Status_TypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @brief CallBacks exposed by the HW_IF to the PHY
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  /**
+  * @brief  The message transfer has been completed
+  * @param  PortNum Port number
+  * @param  Status (0 means OK)
+  * @retval None
+  */
+  void (*USBPD_HW_IF_TxCompleted)(uint8_t PortNum, uint32_t Status);
+
+  /**
+  * @brief  Bist data sent callback from PHY_HW_IF
+  * @param  PortNum Port number
+  * @param  bistmode: Bist mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+  void (*USBPD_HW_IF_BistCompleted)(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_BISTMsg_TypeDef bistmode);
+
+  /**
+  * @brief  The reception phase of an hard reset is completed notify it.
+  * @param  PortNum Port number
+  * @param  SOPType SOP Message Type based on @ref USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef
+  * @retval None
+  */
+  void (*USBPD_HW_IF_RX_ResetIndication)(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef Type);
+
+  /**
+  * @brief  The reception phase of the current message is completed and notify it.
+  * @param  PortNum Port number
+  * @param  MsgType Message Type
+  * @retval None
+  */
+  void (*USBPD_HW_IF_RX_Completed)(uint8_t PortNum, uint32_t MsgType);
+
+  /**
+  * @brief  The emission of HRST has been completed.
+  * @param  PortNum Port number
+  * @retval None
+  */
+  void (*USBPD_HW_IF_TX_HardResetCompleted)(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef Type);
+
+  /**
+  * @brief  FRS reception.
+  * @param  PortNum Port number
+  * @retval None
+  */
+  void (*USBPD_HW_IF_TX_FRSReception)(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+} USBPD_HW_IF_Callbacks;
+
+/** @defgroup USBPD_PORT_HandleTypeDef USB PD handle Structure definition for USBPD_PHY_HW_IF
+  * @brief  USBPD PORT handle Structure definition
+  * @{
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  UCPD_TypeDef                *husbpd;          /*!< UCPD Handle parameters             */
+  DMA_Channel_TypeDef         *hdmatx;          /*!< Tx DMA Handle parameters           */
+  DMA_Channel_TypeDef         *hdmarx;          /*!< Rx DMA Handle parameters           */
+
+  USBPD_SettingsTypeDef       *settings;
+  USBPD_ParamsTypeDef         *params;
+  USBPD_HW_IF_Callbacks        cbs;             /*!< USBPD_PHY_HW_IF callbacks         */
+
+  void (*USBPD_CAD_WakeUp)(void);               /*!< function used to wakeup cad task   */
+
+  uint8_t                     *ptr_RxBuff;     /*!< Pointer to Raw Rx transfer Buffer  */
+
+  CCxPin_TypeDef               CCx;             /*!< CC pin used for communication      */
+} USBPD_PORT_HandleTypeDef;
+
+extern USBPD_PORT_HandleTypeDef Ports[USBPD_PORT_COUNT];
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported define -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup USBPD_DEVICE_DEVICE_HW_IF_Exported_Defines USBPD DEVICE HW_IF Exported Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SIZE_MAX_PD_TRANSACTION_CHUNK   30u
+#define SIZE_MAX_PD_TRANSACTION_UNCHUNK (260u + 4u)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup USBPD_DEVICE_DEVICE_HW_IF_Exported_Functions USBPD DEVICE HW_IF Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the interrupt for the reception.
+  * @param  PortNum The handle of the port.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USBPDM1_RX_EnableInterrupt(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  stop bist carrier mode 2.
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USBPD_HW_IF_StopBISTMode2(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize specific peripheral for the APP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USBPD_HW_IF_GlobalHwInit(void);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Send a Buffer .
+  * @note   The data will be converted in bmc and send through the line
+  * @param  PortNum     The port handle.
+  * @param  Type        SOP Message Type based on @ref USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef
+  * @param  pBuffer     Data buffer to be transmitted
+  * @param  Bitsize     The number of bits to be transmitted
+  * @retval USBPD status
+  */
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef USBPD_HW_IF_SendBuffer(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef Type, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t Bitsize);
+
+#if defined(_SRC) || defined(_DRP)
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the VBUS on a specified port.
+  * @param  PortNum     The port handle.
+  * @param  State       ENABLE or DISABLE.
+  * @param  Cc          CC pin based on @ref CCxPin_TypeDef
+  * @param  VconnState  VCONN State activation
+  * @param  role        The role of the port.
+  * @retval USBPD status
+  */
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef HW_IF_PWR_Enable(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_FunctionalState State, CCxPin_TypeDef Cc, uint32_t VconnState, USBPD_PortPowerRole_TypeDef role);
+#endif /* _SRC || _DRP */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Retrieve the VBUS status for a specified port.
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval FunctionalState
+  */
+USBPD_FunctionalState HW_IF_PWR_VBUSIsEnabled(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the VBUS voltage level on a specified port.
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @param  Voltage voltage value to be set.
+  * @retval USBPD status
+  */
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef HW_IF_PWR_SetVoltage(uint8_t PortNum, uint16_t Voltage);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the voltage level on a specified port.
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval The voltage value
+  */
+uint16_t HW_IF_PWR_GetVoltage(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the current level on a specified port.
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval The current value
+  */
+int16_t HW_IF_PWR_GetCurrent(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Connect the Rp resitors on the CC lines
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+void USBPDM1_AssertRp(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disconnect the Rp resitors on the CC lines
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+void USBPDM1_DeAssertRp(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Connect the Rd resitors on the CC lines
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+void USBPDM1_AssertRd(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disconnect the Rd resitors on the CC lines
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+void USBPDM1_DeAssertRd(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the CCx pin.
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @param  cc      Specify the ccx to be selected.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USBPDM1_Set_CC(uint8_t PortNum, CCxPin_TypeDef cc);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sends the BIST pattern
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+void USBPD_HW_IF_Send_BIST_Pattern(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sends a detachemnt signal.
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+void HW_SignalDetachment(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sends an Attachment signal.
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @param  cc the PD pin.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+void HW_SignalAttachement(uint8_t PortNum, CCxPin_TypeDef cc);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set SinkTxNG resistor.
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+void USBPD_HW_IF_SetResistor_SinkTxNG(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set SinkTxOk resistor.
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+void USBPD_HW_IF_SetResistor_SinkTxOK(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Is SinkTxOk resistor.
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval TRUE FALSE
+  */
+uint8_t USBPD_HW_IF_IsResistor_SinkTxOk(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  send a Fast Role swap signalling.
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USBPD_HW_IF_FastRoleSwapSignalling(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  enter in error recovery state.
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USBPDM1_EnterErrorRecovery(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+
+void USBPD_PORT0_IRQHandler(void);
+void USBPD_PORT1_IRQHandler(void);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable RX
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void    USBPD_HW_IF_EnableRX(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable RX
+  * @param  PortNum The port handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void    USBPD_HW_IF_DisableRX(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __USBPD_HW_IF_H_ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USBPD_Library/Devices/STM32G0XX/inc/usbpd_phy.h

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    usbpd_phy.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file contains the headers of usbpd_phy.h.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+#ifndef __USBPD_PHY_H_
+#define __USBPD_PHY_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32_USBPD_LIBRARY
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_DEVICE
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_DEVICE_PHY
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Exported typedef ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup USBPD_DEVICE_PHY_Exported_TypeDef USBPD DEVICE PHY Exported TypeDef
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief CallBacks exposed by the @ref USBPD_DEVICE_PHY to the USBPD_CORE_PRL
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  /**
+   * @brief  Reports that a message has been received on a specified port.
+   * @note   Received data are stored inside PortNum->pRxBuffPtr
+   *         function called in the interrupt context
+   * @param  PortNum The handle of the port
+   * @param  Type    The type of the message received @ref USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef
+   * @retval None
+   */
+  void (*USBPD_PHY_MessageReceived)(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef Type);
+
+  /**
+   * @brief  Reports to the PRL that a Reset received from channel.
+   * @param  PortNum The handle of the port
+   * @param  Type The type of reset performed @ref USBPD_SOPTYPE_HARD_RESET or @ref USBPD_SOPTYPE_CABLE_RESET
+   * @retval None
+   */
+  void (*USBPD_PHY_ResetIndication)(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef Type);
+
+  /**
+   * @brief  Reports to the PRL that a Reset operation has been completed.
+   * @param  PortNum The handle of the port
+   * @param  Type The type of reset performed @ref USBPD_SOPTYPE_HARD_RESET or @ref USBPD_SOPTYPE_CABLE_RESET
+   * @retval None
+   */
+  void (*USBPD_PHY_ResetCompleted)(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef Type);
+
+  /**
+   * @brief  Reports to the PRL that a Bist operation has been completed.
+   * @param  PortNum The handle of the port
+   * @param  Type The type of Bist performed @ref USBPD_BISTMsg_TypeDef
+   * @retval None
+   */
+  void (*USBPD_PHY_BistCompleted)(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_BISTMsg_TypeDef bistmode);
+
+  /**
+    * @brief  Reports to the PRL that a tx operation has been completed.
+    * @param  PortNum:    The handle of the port
+    * @param  Status:  0 if no error else error
+    * @retval None
+    */
+  void (*USBPD_PHY_TxCompleted)(uint8_t PortNum, uint32_t Status);
+
+  /**
+    * @brief  Reports to the PRL that an FRS has been detected.
+    * @param  PortNum:    The handle of the port
+    * @retval None
+    */
+  void (*USBPD_PHY_FastRoleSwapReception)(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+} USBPD_PHY_Callbacks;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported define -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_DEVICE_PHY_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef USBPD_PHY_Init(uint8_t PortNum, const USBPD_PHY_Callbacks *cbs, uint8_t *pRxBuffer, USBPD_PortPowerRole_TypeDef role, uint32_t SupportedSOP);
+void                USBPD_PHY_Reset(uint8_t PortNum);
+uint16_t            USBPD_PHY_GetRetryTimerValue(uint8_t PortNum);
+uint16_t            USBPD_PHY_GetMinGOODCRCTimerValue(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef USBPD_PHY_ResetRequest(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef Type);
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef USBPD_PHY_SendMessage(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef Type, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint16_t Size);
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef USBPD_PHY_Send_BIST_Pattern(uint8_t PortNum);
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef USBPD_PHY_ExitTransmit(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef BistType);
+void                USBPD_PHY_SetResistor_SinkTxNG(uint8_t PortNum);
+void                USBPD_PHY_SetResistor_SinkTxOK(uint8_t PortNum);
+uint8_t             USBPD_PHY_IsResistor_SinkTxOk(uint8_t PortNum);
+void                USBPD_PHY_FastRoleSwapSignalling(uint8_t PortNum);
+void                USBPD_PHY_SOPSupported(uint8_t PortNum, uint32_t SOPSupported);
+
+void                USBPD_PHY_EnableRX(uint8_t PortNum);
+void                USBPD_PHY_DisableRX(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __USBPD_PHY_H_ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USBPD_Library/Devices/STM32G0XX/inc/usbpd_timersserver.h

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    usbpd_timersserver.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file contains the headers of usbpd_timerserver.h.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+#ifndef __USBPD_TIMERSSERVER_H_
+#define __USBPD_TIMERSSERVER_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup STM32_USBPD_LIBRARY
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_DEVICE
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_DEVICE_TIMESERVER
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef enum {
+  TIM_PORT0_CRC,
+  TIM_PORT0_RETRY,
+  TIM_PORT1_CRC,
+  TIM_PORT1_RETRY,
+  TIM_MAX
+}
+TIM_identifier;
+
+#define TIM_MAX_TIME 10000u /*time in us, means 10 ms */
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+void     USBPD_TIM_Init(void);
+void     USBPD_TIM_DeInit(void);
+void     USBPD_TIM_Start(TIM_identifier Id, uint32_t TimeUs);
+uint32_t USBPD_TIM_IsExpired(TIM_identifier Id);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __USBPD_TIMERSSERVER_H_ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USBPD_Library/Devices/STM32G0XX/src/usbpd_hw.c

@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    usbpd_phy_hw_if.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file contains phy interface control functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+#define USBPD_HW_C
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "usbpd_devices_conf.h"
+#include "usbpd_hw.h"
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable containing ADC conversions results */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UCPD_TypeDef *USBPD_HW_GetUSPDInstance(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+#if defined(UCPD_INSTANCE0) && defined(UCPD_INSTANCE1)
+  return PortNum == 0u ? UCPD_INSTANCE0 : UCPD_INSTANCE1;
+#else
+  return UCPD_INSTANCE0;
+#endif
+}
+
+DMA_Channel_TypeDef *USBPD_HW_Init_DMARxInstance(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  LL_DMA_InitTypeDef DMA_InitStruct;
+
+  /* Initialise the DMA */
+  LL_DMA_StructInit(&DMA_InitStruct);
+  DMA_InitStruct.Direction = LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY;
+  DMA_InitStruct.Mode = LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL;
+  DMA_InitStruct.PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode = LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT;
+  DMA_InitStruct.MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode = LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT;
+  DMA_InitStruct.PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize = LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+  DMA_InitStruct.MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize = LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+  DMA_InitStruct.NbData = 0;
+  DMA_InitStruct.MemoryOrM2MDstAddress = 0x0;
+  DMA_InitStruct.PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress = 0x0;
+  DMA_InitStruct.Priority = LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH;
+
+  switch (PortNum)
+  {
+    case 0 :
+      /* Enable the clock */
+      UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_CLOCKENABLE_RX;
+
+      /* Initialise the DMA */
+      DMA_InitStruct.PeriphRequest = UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_REQUEST_RX;
+
+      (void)LL_DMA_Init(UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_DMA_RX, UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_LL_CHANNEL_RX, &DMA_InitStruct);
+      break;
+#if defined(UCPD_INSTANCE1)
+    case 1 :
+      /* Enable the clock */
+      UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_CLOCKENABLE_RX;
+
+      /* Initialise the DMA */
+      DMA_InitStruct.PeriphRequest = UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_REQUEST_RX;
+
+      (void)LL_DMA_Init(UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_DMA_RX, UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_LL_CHANNEL_RX, &DMA_InitStruct);
+      break;
+#endif
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+#if defined(UCPD_INSTANCE1)
+  return (PortNum == 0u) ? UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_CHANNEL_RX : UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_CHANNEL_RX;
+#else
+  return UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_CHANNEL_RX;
+#endif
+}
+
+void USBPD_HW_DeInit_DMARxInstance(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  (void)PortNum;
+}
+
+DMA_Channel_TypeDef *USBPD_HW_Init_DMATxInstance(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  LL_DMA_InitTypeDef DMA_InitStruct;
+
+  /* Initialise the DMA */
+  LL_DMA_StructInit(&DMA_InitStruct);
+  DMA_InitStruct.Direction = LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH;
+  DMA_InitStruct.Mode = LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL;
+  DMA_InitStruct.PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode = LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT;
+  DMA_InitStruct.MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode = LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT;
+  DMA_InitStruct.PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize = LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+  DMA_InitStruct.MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize = LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+  DMA_InitStruct.NbData = 0;
+  DMA_InitStruct.MemoryOrM2MDstAddress = 0x0;
+  DMA_InitStruct.PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress = 0x0;
+
+  switch (PortNum)
+  {
+    case 0 :
+      /* Enable the clock */
+      UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_CLOCKENABLE_TX;
+
+      DMA_InitStruct.PeriphRequest = UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_REQUEST_TX;
+      DMA_InitStruct.Priority = LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM;
+      (void)LL_DMA_Init(UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_DMA_TX, UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_LL_CHANNEL_TX, &DMA_InitStruct);
+      break;
+#if defined(UCPD_INSTANCE1)
+    case 1 :
+      UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_CLOCKENABLE_TX;
+
+      DMA_InitStruct.PeriphRequest = UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_REQUEST_TX;
+      DMA_InitStruct.Priority = LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM;
+      (void)LL_DMA_Init(UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_DMA_TX, UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_LL_CHANNEL_TX, &DMA_InitStruct);
+      break;
+#endif
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+#if defined(UCPD_INSTANCE1)
+  return (PortNum == 0u) ? UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_CHANNEL_TX : UCPDDMA_INSTANCE1_CHANNEL_TX;
+#else
+  return UCPDDMA_INSTANCE0_CHANNEL_TX;
+#endif
+}
+
+void USBPD_HW_DeInit_DMATxInstance(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  (void)PortNum;
+}
+
+uint32_t USBPD_HW_GetRpResistorValue(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  (void)PortNum;
+  return LL_UCPD_RESISTOR_3_0A;
+}
+
+void USBPD_HW_SetFRSSignalling(uint8_t PortNum, uint8_t cc)
+{
+  switch (PortNum)
+  {
+    case 0 :
+    {
+      /* Configure the GPIO with the AF corresponding to UCPD */
+      if (1u == cc)
+      {
+        /* FRS_TX1 PA2 (CC1) */
+        UCPDFRS_INSTANCE0_FRSCC1;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* FRS_TX2 PB0 (CC2) */
+        UCPDFRS_INSTANCE0_FRSCC2;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#if defined(UCPD_INSTANCE1)
+    case 1 :
+    {
+      /* the FRS is not available for the second port */
+      if (1u == cc)
+      {
+        UCPDFRS_INSTANCE1_FRSCC1;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        UCPDFRS_INSTANCE1_FRSCC2;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+}
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USBPD_Library/Devices/STM32G0XX/src/usbpd_hw_if_it.c

@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    usbpd_hw_if_it.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file contains HW interface interrupt routines.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "usbpd_devices_conf.h"
+#include "usbpd_core.h"
+#include "usbpd_hw_if.h"
+#include "usbpd_trace.h"
+#if defined(_LOW_POWER)
+#include "usbpd_lowpower.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+void PORTx_IRQHandler(uint8_t PortNum);
+
+void USBPD_PORT0_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  PORTx_IRQHandler(USBPD_PORT_0);
+}
+
+void USBPD_PORT1_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  PORTx_IRQHandler(USBPD_PORT_1);
+}
+
+void PORTx_IRQHandler(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  UCPD_TypeDef *hucpd = Ports[PortNum].husbpd;
+  uint32_t _interrupt = LL_UCPD_ReadReg(hucpd, SR);
+  static uint8_t ovrflag[2] = {0,0};
+
+  if ((hucpd->IMR & _interrupt) != 0u)
+  {
+    /* TXIS no need to enable it all the transfer are done by DMA */
+    if (UCPD_SR_TXMSGDISC == (_interrupt & UCPD_SR_TXMSGDISC))
+    {
+      /* the message has been discarded */
+      LL_UCPD_ClearFlag_TxMSGDISC(hucpd);
+      CLEAR_BIT(Ports[PortNum].hdmatx->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN);
+      Ports[PortNum].cbs.USBPD_HW_IF_TxCompleted(PortNum, 1);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if (UCPD_SR_TXMSGSENT == (_interrupt & UCPD_SR_TXMSGSENT))
+    {
+      /* Message has been fully transferred */
+      LL_UCPD_ClearFlag_TxMSGSENT(hucpd);
+      CLEAR_BIT(Ports[PortNum].hdmatx->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN);
+      Ports[PortNum].cbs.USBPD_HW_IF_TxCompleted(PortNum, 0);
+
+#if defined(_LOW_POWER)
+      LPM_SetStopMode((LPM_Id_t)(LPM_PE_0 + PortNum), LPM_Enable);
+#endif
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if (UCPD_SR_TXMSGABT == (_interrupt & UCPD_SR_TXMSGABT))
+    {
+      LL_UCPD_ClearFlag_TxMSGABT(hucpd);
+      CLEAR_BIT(Ports[PortNum].hdmatx->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN);
+      Ports[PortNum].cbs.USBPD_HW_IF_TxCompleted(PortNum, 2);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* TXUND : tx underrun detected */
+    if (UCPD_SR_HRSTDISC == (_interrupt & UCPD_SR_HRSTDISC))
+    {
+      LL_UCPD_ClearFlag_TxHRSTDISC(hucpd);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* TXUND : tx underrun detected */
+    if (UCPD_SR_HRSTSENT == (_interrupt & UCPD_SR_HRSTSENT))
+    {
+      /* Mhum, the stack is not expected to get this answer */
+      LL_UCPD_ClearFlag_TxHRSTSENT(hucpd);
+      Ports[PortNum].cbs.USBPD_HW_IF_TX_HardResetCompleted(PortNum, USBPD_SOPTYPE_HARD_RESET);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* TXUND : tx underrun detected */
+    if (UCPD_SR_TXUND == (_interrupt & UCPD_SR_TXUND))
+    {
+      /* nothing to do the port partner check message integrity with CRC so PRL will repeat the sent
+         can be used for debug purpose */
+      LL_UCPD_ClearFlag_TxUND(hucpd);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* RXNE : not needed the stack only perform transfer by DMA */
+    /* RXORDDET: not needed so stack will not enabled this interrupt */
+    if (UCPD_SR_RXORDDET == (_interrupt & UCPD_SR_RXORDDET))
+    {
+      LL_UCPD_ClearFlag_RxOrderSet(hucpd);
+#if defined(_LOW_POWER)
+      LPM_SetStopMode((LPM_Id_t)(LPM_PE_0 + PortNum), LPM_Disable);
+#endif
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* check RXHRSTDET */
+    if (UCPD_SR_RXHRSTDET == (_interrupt & UCPD_SR_RXHRSTDET))
+    {
+      Ports[PortNum].cbs.USBPD_HW_IF_RX_ResetIndication(PortNum, USBPD_SOPTYPE_HARD_RESET);
+      LL_UCPD_ClearFlag_RxHRST(hucpd);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* check RXOVR */
+    if (UCPD_SR_RXOVR == (_interrupt & UCPD_SR_RXOVR))
+    {
+      /* nothing to do the message will be discarded and the port partner retry the send */
+      ovrflag[PortNum] = 1;
+      LL_UCPD_ClearFlag_RxOvr(hucpd);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* check RXMSGEND an Rx message has been received */
+    if (UCPD_SR_RXMSGEND == (_interrupt & UCPD_SR_RXMSGEND))
+    {
+      /* for DMA mode add a control to check if the number of data received is corresponding with the number of
+         data receive by USBPD */
+      LL_UCPD_ClearFlag_RxMsgEnd(hucpd);
+
+      /* disable DMA */
+      CLEAR_BIT(Ports[PortNum].hdmarx->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN);
+
+#if defined(_LOW_POWER)
+      LPM_SetStopMode((LPM_Id_t)(LPM_PE_0 + PortNum), LPM_Enable);
+#endif
+
+      if (((_interrupt & UCPD_SR_RXERR) == 0u) && (ovrflag[PortNum] == 0u))
+      {
+        /* Rx message has been received without error */
+        Ports[PortNum].cbs.USBPD_HW_IF_RX_Completed(PortNum, hucpd->RX_ORDSET & UCPD_RX_ORDSET_RXORDSET);
+      }
+      ovrflag[PortNum] = 0;
+
+      /* Ready for next transaction */
+      WRITE_REG(Ports[PortNum].hdmarx->CMAR, (uint32_t)Ports[PortNum].ptr_RxBuff);
+      WRITE_REG(Ports[PortNum].hdmarx->CNDTR, SIZE_MAX_PD_TRANSACTION_UNCHUNK);
+
+      SET_BIT(Ports[PortNum].hdmarx->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* check TYPECEVT1IE/TYPECEVT1IE || check TYPECEVT2IE/TYPECEVT2IE */
+    if ((UCPD_SR_TYPECEVT1 == (_interrupt & UCPD_SR_TYPECEVT1)) || (UCPD_SR_TYPECEVT2 == (_interrupt & UCPD_SR_TYPECEVT2)))
+    {
+      /* clear both interrupt */
+      LL_UCPD_ClearFlag_TypeCEventCC1(hucpd);
+      LL_UCPD_ClearFlag_TypeCEventCC2(hucpd);
+      Ports[PortNum].USBPD_CAD_WakeUp();
+      /* Wakeup CAD to check the detection event */
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* check FRSEVTIE */
+    if (UCPD_SR_FRSEVT == (_interrupt & UCPD_SR_FRSEVT))
+    {
+      LL_UCPD_ClearFlag_FRS(hucpd);
+      if (USBPD_PORTPOWERROLE_SNK == Ports[PortNum].params->PE_PowerRole)
+      {
+        /* we shall calculate the FRS timing to confirm the timing */
+        Ports[PortNum].cbs.USBPD_HW_IF_TX_FRSReception(PortNum);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USBPD_Library/Devices/STM32G0XX/src/usbpd_phy.c

@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    usbpd_phy.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file contains PHY layer functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "usbpd_def.h"
+#include "usbpd_phy.h"
+#include "usbpd_hw_if.h"
+#include "usbpd_pwr_if.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32_USBPD_LIBRARY
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_DEVICE
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_DEVICE_PHY
+  * @brief   This file contains PHY layer functions.
+  * @details Receive from PRL a message and create a structured packet (according to the USBPD specifications):
+  *          |SOP|DATA:[HEADER|DATAOBJECTS]|CRC|EOP|
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup USBPD_DEVICE_PHY_Private_typedef USBPD DEVICE PHY Private typedef
+  * @brief Structures and enums internally used by the PHY layer
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Handle to support the data of the layer
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  /**
+   * @brief  Reports that a message has been received on a specified port.
+   * @note   Received data are stored inside PortNum->pRxBuffPtr
+   *         function called in the interrupt context
+   * @param  PortNum The handle of the port
+   * @param  Type    The type of the message received @ref USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef
+   * @retval None
+   */
+  void (*USBPD_PHY_MessageReceived)(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef Type);
+
+  uint32_t  SupportedSOP;        /*!<bit field SOP"Debug SOP'Debug SOP" SOP' SOP */
+} PHY_HandleTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @brief prototype definition shared in several callbacks
+  */
+typedef void (*PHY_CB_t)(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef Type); /*!<  Common callback definition */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private define and macro --------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup USBPD_DEVICE_PHY_Private_variables USBPD DEVICE PHY Private variables
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** Internal struct for RXTX */
+static PHY_HandleTypeDef PHY_Ports[USBPD_PORT_COUNT];
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup USBPD_DEVICE_PHY_Private_functions USBPD DEVICE PHY Private functions
+  * @{
+  */
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef         PHY_PortInit(uint8_t PortNum, const USBPD_PHY_Callbacks *cbs, uint8_t *pRxBuffer, uint32_t SupportedSOP);
+void                        PHY_ResetCompleted(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef Type);
+void                        PHY_Rx_HardReset(uint8_t PortNum);
+void                        PHY_Rx_Completed(uint8_t PortNum, uint32_t MsgType);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup USBPD_DEVICE_PHY_Exported_Functions USBPD DEVICE PHY Exported functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the PHY of a specified port.
+  * @param  PortNum       Number of the port.
+  * @param  pCallbacks    PHY callbacks
+  * @param  pRxBuffer     Buffer to storage received message.
+  * @param  PowerRole     Power Role of the board.
+  * @param  SupportedSOP  bit field of the supported SOP
+  * @retval status        @ref USBPD_OK
+  */
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef USBPD_PHY_Init(uint8_t PortNum, const USBPD_PHY_Callbacks *pCallbacks, uint8_t *pRxBuffer, USBPD_PortPowerRole_TypeDef PowerRole, uint32_t SupportedSOP)
+{
+  (void)PowerRole;
+
+  /* set all callbacks */
+  Ports[PortNum].cbs.USBPD_HW_IF_TxCompleted            = pCallbacks->USBPD_PHY_TxCompleted;
+  Ports[PortNum].cbs.USBPD_HW_IF_BistCompleted          = pCallbacks->USBPD_PHY_BistCompleted;
+  Ports[PortNum].cbs.USBPD_HW_IF_RX_ResetIndication     = pCallbacks->USBPD_PHY_ResetIndication;
+  Ports[PortNum].cbs.USBPD_HW_IF_RX_Completed           = PHY_Rx_Completed;
+  Ports[PortNum].cbs.USBPD_HW_IF_TX_HardResetCompleted  = pCallbacks->USBPD_PHY_ResetCompleted;
+  Ports[PortNum].cbs.USBPD_HW_IF_TX_FRSReception        = pCallbacks->USBPD_PHY_FastRoleSwapReception;
+  /* Initialize the hardware for the port */
+  Ports[PortNum].ptr_RxBuff = pRxBuffer;
+
+  /* Initialize port related functionalities inside this layer */
+  PHY_Ports[PortNum].SupportedSOP = SupportedSOP;
+  PHY_Ports[PortNum].USBPD_PHY_MessageReceived = pCallbacks->USBPD_PHY_MessageReceived;
+
+  return USBPD_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  this function return the retry counter value in us.
+  * @note   time used to determine when the protocol layer must re-send a message not aknowledge by a goodCRC
+  * @param  PortNum    Number of the port.
+  * @retval retry counter value in us.
+  */
+uint16_t USBPD_PHY_GetRetryTimerValue(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  (void)PortNum;
+  return 905u;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  this function return the min time to wait before sending a goodCRC to ack a message (in us).
+  * @note   time used to guarantee the min time of 26us between two PD message.
+  * @param  PortNum    Number of the port.
+  * @retval value in us.
+  */
+uint16_t USBPD_PHY_GetMinGOODCRCTimerValue(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  return 30u;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reset the PHY of a specified port.
+  * @param  PortNum    Number of the port.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USBPD_PHY_Reset(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  (void)PortNum;
+  /* reset PHY layer   */
+  /* reset HW_IF layer */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Request to send a reset on a port.
+  * @param  PortNum   Number of the port
+  * @param  Type      Type of reset (hard or cable reset) @ref USBPD_SOPTYPE_HARD_RESET or @ref USBPD_SOPTYPE_CABLE_RESET
+  * @retval status    @ref USBPD_OK
+  */
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef USBPD_PHY_ResetRequest(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef Type)
+{
+  /* Send the requested reset */
+  return USBPD_PHY_SendMessage(PortNum, Type, NULL, 0);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Send a Message.
+  * @param  PortNum   Number of the port
+  * @param  Type      Type of the message
+  * @param  pBuffer   Pointer to the buffer to be transmitted
+  * @param  Size      Size of the buffer (bytes)
+  * @retval status    @ref USBPD_OK
+  */
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef USBPD_PHY_SendMessage(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef Type, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint16_t Size)
+{
+  /* Trace to track message */
+  return USBPD_HW_IF_SendBuffer(PortNum, Type, pBuffer,  Size);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Send BIST pattern.
+  * @param  PortNum   Number of the port
+  * @retval status    @ref USBPD_OK
+  */
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef USBPD_PHY_Send_BIST_Pattern(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  /* Call the low-level function (HW_IF) to accomplish the BIST Carrier Mode Transmission */
+  USBPD_HW_IF_Send_BIST_Pattern(PortNum);
+  return USBPD_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Request PHY to exit of BIST mode 2
+  * @param  PortNum port number value
+  * @param  mode    SOP BIST MODE 2
+  * @retval USBPD   status
+  */
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef USBPD_PHY_ExitTransmit(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef mode)
+{
+  if (USBPD_SOPTYPE_BIST_MODE_2 == mode)
+  {
+    USBPD_HW_IF_StopBISTMode2(PortNum);
+  }
+  return USBPD_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the SinkTxNg value of the resistor,
+  * @note   used to manage the collision avoidance
+  * @param  PortNum  Number of the port
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USBPD_PHY_SetResistor_SinkTxNG(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  USBPD_HW_IF_SetResistor_SinkTxNG(PortNum);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  function to set the SinkTxOK
+  * @note   used to manage the collision avoidance
+  * @param  PortNum  Number of the port.
+  * @retval none.
+  */
+void USBPD_PHY_SetResistor_SinkTxOK(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  USBPD_HW_IF_SetResistor_SinkTxOK(PortNum);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  function to set the supported SOP
+  * @param  PortNum  Number of the port.
+  * @param  SOPSupported  List of the supported SOP
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void USBPD_PHY_SOPSupported(uint8_t PortNum, uint32_t SOPSupported)
+{
+  PHY_Ports[PortNum].SupportedSOP = SOPSupported;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Check if SinkTxOK is set or not
+  * @note   used to manage the collision avoidance
+  * @param  PortNum  Number of the port.
+  * @retval USBPD_TRUE or USBPD_FALSE
+  */
+uint8_t USBPD_PHY_IsResistor_SinkTxOk(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  return USBPD_HW_IF_IsResistor_SinkTxOk(PortNum);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief  function to generate an FRS signalling
+ * @param  PortNum  Number of the port.
+ * @retval None.
+  */
+void USBPD_PHY_FastRoleSwapSignalling(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  USBPD_HW_IF_FastRoleSwapSignalling(PortNum);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  function used to enable RX
+  * @param  PortNum    Number of the port.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USBPD_PHY_EnableRX(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  USBPD_HW_IF_EnableRX(PortNum);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  function used to disable RX
+  * @param  PortNum    Number of the port.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USBPD_PHY_DisableRX(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  USBPD_HW_IF_DisableRX(PortNum);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_DEVICE_PHY_Private_functions
+  * @brief PHY internally used functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Callback to notify the end of the current reception
+  * @param  PortNum   Number of the port.
+  * @param  MsgType   SOP Message Type
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void PHY_Rx_Completed(uint8_t PortNum, uint32_t MsgType)
+{
+  const USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef tab_sop_value[] = { USBPD_SOPTYPE_SOP,              USBPD_SOPTYPE_SOP1, USBPD_SOPTYPE_SOP2,
+                                                  USBPD_SOPTYPE_SOP1_DEBUG, USBPD_SOPTYPE_SOP2_DEBUG, USBPD_SOPTYPE_CABLE_RESET
+                                                };
+  USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef _msgtype;
+
+  _msgtype = tab_sop_value[MsgType];
+
+  /* check if the message must be forwarded to usbpd stack */
+  switch (_msgtype)
+  {
+    case USBPD_SOPTYPE_CABLE_RESET :
+      if (0x1Eu == (PHY_Ports[PortNum].SupportedSOP & 0x1Eu))
+      {
+        /* nothing to do the message will be discarded and the port partner retry the send */
+        Ports[PortNum].cbs.USBPD_HW_IF_RX_ResetIndication(PortNum, USBPD_SOPTYPE_CABLE_RESET);
+      }
+      break;
+    case USBPD_SOPTYPE_SOP :
+    case USBPD_SOPTYPE_SOP1 :
+    case USBPD_SOPTYPE_SOP2 :
+    case USBPD_SOPTYPE_SOP1_DEBUG :
+    case USBPD_SOPTYPE_SOP2_DEBUG :
+      if (!((uint8_t)(0x1u << _msgtype) != (PHY_Ports[PortNum].SupportedSOP & (uint8_t)(0x1u << _msgtype))))
+      {
+         PHY_Ports[PortNum].USBPD_PHY_MessageReceived(PortNum, _msgtype);
+      }
+#if defined(DEBUG_NOTFWD)
+      else
+      {
+        typedef union
+        {
+          uint16_t d16;
+          struct
+          {
+            uint16_t MessageType            :5;   /*!< Message Header's message Type                      */
+            uint16_t PortDataRole           :1;   /*!< Message Header's Port Data Role                    */
+            uint16_t SpecificationRevision  :2;   /*!< Message Header's Spec Revision                     */
+            uint16_t PortPowerRole_CablePlug:1;   /*!< Message Header's Port Power Role/Cable Plug field  */
+            uint16_t MessageID              :3;   /*!< Message Header's message ID                        */
+            uint16_t NumberOfDataObjects    :3;   /*!< Message Header's Number of data object             */
+            uint16_t Extended               :1;   /*!< Reserved                                           */
+          }
+          b;
+        } USBPD_MsgHeader_TypeDef;
+
+        USBPD_MsgHeader_TypeDef header_rx;
+        header_rx.d16 = LE16(Ports[PortNum].ptr_RxBuff);
+        USBPD_TRACE_Add( USBPD_TRACE_PHY_NOTFRWD,PortNum, _msgtype, Ports[PortNum].ptr_RxBuff, 2u + (header_rx.b.NumberOfDataObjects * 4u));
+      }
+#endif
+      break;
+    default :
+      break;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USBPD_Library/Devices/STM32G0XX/src/usbpd_phy_hw_if.c

@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    usbpd_phy_hw_if.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file contains phy interface control functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define USBPD_PHY_HW_IF_C
+
+#include "usbpd_devices_conf.h"
+#include "usbpd_hw.h"
+#include "usbpd_core.h"
+#include "usbpd_hw_if.h"
+#if !defined(USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD)
+#include "usbpd_timersserver.h"
+#endif /* !USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD */
+#if defined(_LOW_POWER)
+#include "usbpd_lowpower.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+USBPD_PORT_HandleTypeDef Ports[USBPD_PORT_COUNT];
+
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+void USBPD_HW_IF_GlobalHwInit(void)
+{
+  /* PWR register access (for disabling dead battery feature) */
+  LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
+  LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRC);
+}
+
+#if !defined(USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD)
+void USBPD_HW_IF_StopBISTMode2(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  uint32_t  _cr = READ_REG(Ports[PortNum].husbpd->CR) & ~(UCPD_CR_TXMODE | UCPD_CR_TXSEND);
+
+  LL_UCPD_Disable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+  LL_UCPD_Enable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+
+  Ports[PortNum].husbpd->CR = _cr;
+}
+
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef USBPD_HW_IF_SendBuffer(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_SOPType_TypeDef Type, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t Size)
+{
+  USBPD_StatusTypeDef _status = USBPD_OK;
+
+  if (USBPD_SOPTYPE_HARD_RESET == Type)
+  {
+    LL_UCPD_SendHardReset(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    switch (Type)
+    {
+      case USBPD_SOPTYPE_SOP :
+      {
+        LL_UCPD_WriteTxOrderSet(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_ORDERED_SET_SOP);
+        LL_UCPD_SetTxMode(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_TXMODE_NORMAL);
+        break;
+      }
+      case USBPD_SOPTYPE_SOP1 :
+      {
+        LL_UCPD_WriteTxOrderSet(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_ORDERED_SET_SOP1);
+        LL_UCPD_SetTxMode(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_TXMODE_NORMAL);
+        break;
+      }
+      case USBPD_SOPTYPE_SOP2 :
+      {
+        LL_UCPD_WriteTxOrderSet(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_ORDERED_SET_SOP2);
+        LL_UCPD_SetTxMode(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_TXMODE_NORMAL);
+        break;
+      }
+      case USBPD_SOPTYPE_CABLE_RESET :
+      {
+        LL_UCPD_SetTxMode(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_TXMODE_CABLE_RESET);
+        break;
+      }
+      case USBPD_SOPTYPE_BIST_MODE_2 :
+      {
+        LL_UCPD_SetTxMode(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_TXMODE_BIST_CARRIER2);
+        break;
+      }
+      default :
+        _status = USBPD_ERROR;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (USBPD_OK == _status)
+    {
+#if defined(_LOW_POWER)
+      LPM_SetStopMode((LPM_Id_t)(LPM_PE_0 + PortNum), LPM_Disable);
+#endif
+      WRITE_REG(Ports[PortNum].hdmatx->CMAR, (uint32_t)pBuffer);
+      WRITE_REG(Ports[PortNum].hdmatx->CNDTR, Size);
+      Ports[PortNum].hdmatx->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN;
+
+      LL_UCPD_WriteTxPaySize(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, Size);
+      LL_UCPD_SendMessage(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+    }
+  }
+  return _status;
+}
+
+void USBPD_HW_IF_Send_BIST_Pattern(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  LL_UCPD_SetTxMode(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_TXMODE_BIST_CARRIER2);
+  LL_UCPD_SendMessage(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+}
+#endif /* !USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD */
+
+void USBPDM1_AssertRp(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClock(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SYSCFG);
+  switch (Ports[PortNum].params->RpResistor)
+  {
+    case vRp_Default :
+      LL_UCPD_SetRpResistor(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_RESISTOR_DEFAULT);
+      break;
+    case vRp_1_5A:
+      LL_UCPD_SetRpResistor(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_RESISTOR_1_5A);
+      break;
+    case vRp_3_0A:
+      LL_UCPD_SetRpResistor(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_RESISTOR_3_0A);
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+  LL_UCPD_SetccEnable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_CCENABLE_NONE);
+  LL_UCPD_SetSRCRole(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+  if (CCNONE == Ports[PortNum].CCx)
+  {
+    LL_UCPD_SetccEnable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_CCENABLE_CC1CC2);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    LL_UCPD_SetccEnable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, (Ports[PortNum].CCx == CC1) ? LL_UCPD_CCENABLE_CC1 : LL_UCPD_CCENABLE_CC2);
+  }
+  SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (Ports[PortNum].husbpd == UCPD1) ? SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD1_STROBE : SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD2_STROBE);
+}
+
+void USBPDM1_DeAssertRp(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  /* not needed on STM32G0xx, so nothing to do, keep only for compatibility */
+  UNUSED(PortNum);
+}
+
+void USBPDM1_AssertRd(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  LL_UCPD_TypeCDetectionCC2Disable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+  LL_UCPD_TypeCDetectionCC1Disable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+
+  LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClock(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SYSCFG);
+  LL_UCPD_SetccEnable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_CCENABLE_NONE);
+  LL_UCPD_SetSNKRole(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+  if (CCNONE == Ports[PortNum].CCx)
+  {
+    LL_UCPD_SetccEnable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_CCENABLE_CC1CC2);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    LL_UCPD_SetccEnable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, (Ports[PortNum].CCx == CC1) ? LL_UCPD_CCENABLE_CC1 : LL_UCPD_CCENABLE_CC2);
+  }
+
+  SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (Ports[PortNum].husbpd == UCPD1) ? SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD1_STROBE : SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD2_STROBE);
+  HAL_Delay(1);
+
+#ifndef _LOW_POWER
+  LL_UCPD_TypeCDetectionCC2Enable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+  LL_UCPD_TypeCDetectionCC1Enable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+#endif
+}
+
+void USBPDM1_DeAssertRd(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  /* not needed on STM32G0xx, so nothing to do, keep only for compatibility */
+  UNUSED(PortNum);
+}
+
+void USBPDM1_EnterErrorRecovery(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClock(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SYSCFG);
+  LL_UCPD_SetSRCRole(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+  LL_UCPD_SetRpResistor(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_RESISTOR_NONE);
+  LL_UCPD_SetccEnable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_CCENABLE_NONE);
+  SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (Ports[PortNum].husbpd == UCPD1) ? SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD1_STROBE : SYSCFG_CFGR1_UCPD2_STROBE);
+  LL_UCPD_RxDisable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+}
+
+void USBPDM1_Set_CC(uint8_t PortNum, CCxPin_TypeDef cc)
+{
+  /* Set the correct pin on the comparator*/
+  Ports[PortNum].CCx = cc;
+  LL_UCPD_SetCCPin(Ports[PortNum].husbpd , (cc == CC1) ? LL_UCPD_CCPIN_CC1 : LL_UCPD_CCPIN_CC2);
+}
+
+void USBPDM1_RX_EnableInterrupt(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  /* Enable the RX interrupt process */
+  MODIFY_REG(Ports[PortNum].husbpd->IMR, UCPD_IMR_RXORDDETIE | UCPD_IMR_RXHRSTDETIE | UCPD_IMR_RXOVRIE | UCPD_IMR_RXMSGENDIE,
+             UCPD_IMR_RXORDDETIE | UCPD_IMR_RXHRSTDETIE | UCPD_IMR_RXOVRIE | UCPD_IMR_RXMSGENDIE);
+  LL_UCPD_RxDMAEnable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+}
+
+void USBPD_HW_IF_EnableRX(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  LL_UCPD_RxEnable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+}
+
+void USBPD_HW_IF_DisableRX(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  LL_UCPD_RxDisable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+}
+
+void HW_SignalAttachement(uint8_t PortNum, CCxPin_TypeDef cc)
+{
+#if !defined(USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD)
+  uint32_t _temp;
+
+  /* Init timer to detect the reception of goodCRC */
+  USBPD_TIM_Init();
+
+  /* Prepare ucpd to handle PD message
+            RX message start listen
+            TX prepare the DMA to be transfer ready
+            Detection listen only the line corresponding CC=Rd for SRC/SNK */
+  Ports[PortNum].hdmatx = USBPD_HW_Init_DMATxInstance(PortNum);
+  Ports[PortNum].hdmarx = USBPD_HW_Init_DMARxInstance(PortNum);
+
+  /* Set the RX dma to allow reception */
+  _temp = (uint32_t)&Ports[PortNum].husbpd->RXDR;
+  WRITE_REG(Ports[PortNum].hdmarx->CPAR, _temp);
+  WRITE_REG(Ports[PortNum].hdmarx->CMAR, (uint32_t)Ports[PortNum].ptr_RxBuff);
+  Ports[PortNum].hdmarx->CNDTR = SIZE_MAX_PD_TRANSACTION_UNCHUNK;
+  Ports[PortNum].hdmarx->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN;
+
+  /* Set the TX dma only UCPD address */
+  _temp = (uint32_t)&Ports[PortNum].husbpd->TXDR;
+  Ports[PortNum].hdmatx->CPAR = _temp;
+
+  /* disabled non Rd line set CC line enable */
+#define INTERRUPT_MASK  UCPD_IMR_TXMSGDISCIE | UCPD_IMR_TXMSGSENTIE | UCPD_IMR_HRSTDISCIE  | UCPD_IMR_HRSTSENTIE | UCPD_IMR_TXMSGABTIE |\
+                        UCPD_IMR_TXUNDIE     | UCPD_IMR_RXORDDETIE  | UCPD_IMR_RXHRSTDETIE | UCPD_IMR_RXOVRIE    | UCPD_IMR_RXMSGENDIE
+
+  MODIFY_REG(Ports[PortNum].husbpd->IMR, INTERRUPT_MASK, INTERRUPT_MASK);
+#endif /* !USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD */
+
+#if !defined(USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD)||defined(USBPD_TYPE_STATE_MACHINE)
+  /* Handle CC enable */
+  Ports[PortNum].CCx = cc;
+#endif /* !USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD || USBPD_TYPE_STATE_MACHINE */
+
+#if !defined(USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD)
+  /* Set CC pin for PD message */
+  LL_UCPD_SetCCPin(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, (Ports[PortNum].CCx == CC1) ? LL_UCPD_CCPIN_CC1 : LL_UCPD_CCPIN_CC2);
+
+
+#if defined(_VCONN_SUPPORT)
+  /* Initialize Vconn management */
+  (void)BSP_USBPD_PWR_VCONNInit(PortNum, (Ports[PortNum].CCx == CC1) ? 1u : 2u);
+#endif /* _VCONN_SUPPORT */
+
+#if defined(USBPD_REV30_SUPPORT)
+  if (Ports[PortNum].settings->PE_PD3_Support.d.PE_FastRoleSwapSupport == USBPD_TRUE)
+  {
+    /* Set GPIO to allow the FRSTX handling */
+    USBPD_HW_SetFRSSignalling(PortNum, (Ports[PortNum].CCx == CC1) ? 1u : 2u);
+    LL_UCPD_FRSDetectionEnable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+    Ports[PortNum].husbpd->IMR |= UCPD_IMR_FRSEVTIE;
+  }
+#endif /* USBPD_REV30_SUPPORT */
+
+  /* Disable the Resistor on Vconn PIN */
+  (Ports[PortNum].CCx == CC1) ? LL_UCPD_SetccEnable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_CCENABLE_CC1) : LL_UCPD_SetccEnable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_CCENABLE_CC2);
+
+  /* Prepare the rx processing */
+  LL_UCPD_SetRxMode(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_RXMODE_NORMAL);
+  LL_UCPD_RxDMAEnable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+  LL_UCPD_TxDMAEnable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+#endif /* !USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD */
+}
+
+
+void HW_SignalDetachment(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+#if !defined(USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD)
+  /* stop DMA RX/TX */
+  LL_UCPD_RxDMADisable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+  LL_UCPD_TxDMADisable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+  LL_UCPD_RxDisable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+
+#if !defined(_LOW_POWER) && !defined(USBPDM1_VCC_FEATURE_ENABLED)
+  /* Enable only detection interrupt */
+  WRITE_REG(Ports[PortNum].husbpd->IMR, UCPD_IMR_TYPECEVT1IE | UCPD_IMR_TYPECEVT2IE);
+#endif /* !_LOW_POWER && !USBPDM1_VCC_FEATURE_ENABLED */
+
+  USBPD_HW_DeInit_DMATxInstance(PortNum);
+  USBPD_HW_DeInit_DMARxInstance(PortNum);
+
+  LL_UCPD_SetccEnable(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_CCENABLE_CC1CC2);
+
+  if (USBPD_PORTPOWERROLE_SNK == Ports[PortNum].params->PE_PowerRole)
+  {
+#if defined(_VCONN_SUPPORT)
+    /* DeInitialize Vconn management */
+  (void)BSP_USBPD_PWR_VCONNDeInit(PortNum, (Ports[PortNum].CCx == CC1) ? 1u : 2u);
+#endif
+    /* DeInitialise VBUS power */
+  (void)BSP_USBPD_PWR_VBUSDeInit(PortNum);
+  }
+#endif /* !USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD */
+#if !defined(USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD)||defined(USBPD_TYPE_STATE_MACHINE)
+  Ports[PortNum].CCx = CCNONE;
+#endif /* !USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD || USBPD_TYPE_STATE_MACHINE */
+#if !defined(USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD)
+  /* DeInit timer to detect the reception of goodCRC */
+  USBPD_TIM_DeInit();
+#endif /* !USBPDCORE_LIB_NO_PD */
+}
+
+void USBPD_HW_IF_SetResistor_SinkTxNG(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  /* set the resistor SinkTxNG 1.5A5V */
+  LL_UCPD_SetRpResistor(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_RESISTOR_1_5A);
+}
+
+void USBPD_HW_IF_SetResistor_SinkTxOK(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  /* set the resistor SinkTxNG 3.0A5V */
+  LL_UCPD_SetRpResistor(Ports[PortNum].husbpd, LL_UCPD_RESISTOR_3_0A);
+}
+
+uint8_t USBPD_HW_IF_IsResistor_SinkTxOk(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  switch (Ports[PortNum].CCx)
+  {
+    case CC1 :
+      if((Ports[PortNum].husbpd->SR & UCPD_SR_TYPEC_VSTATE_CC1) == LL_UCPD_SNK_CC1_VRP30A)
+      {
+        return USBPD_TRUE;
+      }
+      break;
+    case CC2 :
+      if((Ports[PortNum].husbpd->SR & UCPD_SR_TYPEC_VSTATE_CC2) == LL_UCPD_SNK_CC2_VRP30A)
+      {
+        return USBPD_TRUE;
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return USBPD_FALSE;
+}
+
+void USBPD_HW_IF_FastRoleSwapSignalling(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  LL_UCPD_SignalFRSTX(Ports[PortNum].husbpd);
+}
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USBPD_Library/Devices/STM32G0XX/src/usbpd_pwr_hw_if.c

@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    usbpd_pwr_hw_if.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file contains power hardware interface functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "usbpd_hw_if.h"
+
+
+#define _USBPD_POWER_DEBUG
+#if  defined(_TRACE)
+#include "usbpd_core.h"
+#include "usbpd_trace.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if  defined(_TRACE)
+#define POWER_DEBUG(__MSG__,__SIZE__)   USBPD_TRACE_Add(USBPD_TRACE_DEBUG, PortNum, 0,__MSG__,__SIZE__);
+#else
+#define POWER_DEBUG(__MSG__,__SIZE__)
+#endif
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef HW_IF_PWR_SetVoltage(uint8_t PortNum, uint16_t voltage)
+{
+  UNUSED(PortNum);
+  UNUSED(voltage);
+  return USBPD_OK;
+}
+
+uint16_t HW_IF_PWR_GetVoltage(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  uint32_t _voltage;
+  BSP_USBPD_PWR_VBUSGetVoltage(PortNum, &_voltage);
+  return (uint16_t)_voltage;
+}
+
+int16_t HW_IF_PWR_GetCurrent(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+  int32_t _current;
+  BSP_USBPD_PWR_VBUSGetCurrent(PortNum, &_current);
+  return (int16_t)_current;
+}
+
+#if defined(_SRC) || defined(_DRP)
+USBPD_StatusTypeDef HW_IF_PWR_Enable(uint8_t PortNum, USBPD_FunctionalState state, CCxPin_TypeDef Cc, uint32_t VconnState, USBPD_PortPowerRole_TypeDef role)
+{
+  UNUSED(role);
+  int32_t status;
+  if (USBPD_ENABLE == state)
+  {
+#if defined(_VCONN_SUPPORT)
+    if (USBPD_TRUE == VconnState)
+    {
+      POWER_DEBUG((uint8_t *)"VCONN ON", 8);
+      (void)BSP_USBPD_PWR_VCONNOn(PortNum, Cc);
+    }
+#endif /* _VCONN_SUPPORT */
+    POWER_DEBUG((uint8_t *)"VBUS ON", 7);
+    status = BSP_USBPD_PWR_VBUSOn(PortNum);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+#if defined(_VCONN_SUPPORT)
+    if (VconnState == USBPD_TRUE)
+    {
+      POWER_DEBUG((uint8_t *)"VCONN OFF", 9);
+      (void)BSP_USBPD_PWR_VCONNOff(PortNum, Cc);
+    }
+#endif /* _VCONN_SUPPORT */
+    POWER_DEBUG((uint8_t *)"VBUS OFF", 8);
+    status = BSP_USBPD_PWR_VBUSOff(PortNum);
+  }
+  return (status == BSP_ERROR_NONE) ? USBPD_OK : USBPD_FAIL;
+}
+#endif /* _SRC || _DRP */
+
+USBPD_FunctionalState HW_IF_PWR_VBUSIsEnabled(uint8_t PortNum)
+{
+#if defined(_SRC)||defined(_DRP)
+  uint8_t _state;
+  BSP_USBPD_PWR_VBUSIsOn(PortNum, &_state);
+  return (_state == BSP_ERROR_NONE) ? USBPD_DISABLE : USBPD_ENABLE;
+#else
+  return USBPD_DISABLE;
+#endif /* _SRC || _DRP */
+}
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USBPD_Library/Devices/STM32G0XX/src/usbpd_timersserver.c

@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    usbpd_timersserver.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file contains timer server functions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "usbpd_devices_conf.h"
+#include "usbpd_timersserver.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32_USBPD_LIBRARY
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_DEVICE
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup USBPD_DEVICE_TIMESERVER
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+int8_t timer_initcounter = 0;
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize a timer to manage timing in us
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USBPD_TIM_Init(void)
+{
+  if (0 == timer_initcounter)
+  {
+    TIMX_CLK_ENABLE;
+    /***************************/
+    /* Time base configuration */
+    /***************************/
+    /* Counter mode: select up-counting mode */
+    LL_TIM_SetCounterMode(TIMX, LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP);
+    
+    /* Set the pre-scaler value to have TIMx counter clock equal to 1 MHz */
+    LL_TIM_SetPrescaler(TIMX, __LL_TIM_CALC_PSC(SystemCoreClock, 1000000u));
+    
+    /* Set the auto-reload value to have a counter frequency of 100Hz */
+    LL_TIM_SetAutoReload(TIMX, __LL_TIM_CALC_ARR(SystemCoreClock, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler(TIMX), 100u));
+    
+    /*********************************/
+    /* Output waveform configuration */
+    /*********************************/
+    /* Set output compare mode: TOGGLE */
+    LL_TIM_OC_SetMode(TIMX, TIMX_CHANNEL_CH1, LL_TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE);
+    LL_TIM_OC_SetMode(TIMX, TIMX_CHANNEL_CH2, LL_TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE);
+    LL_TIM_OC_SetMode(TIMX, TIMX_CHANNEL_CH3, LL_TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE);
+    LL_TIM_OC_SetMode(TIMX, TIMX_CHANNEL_CH4, LL_TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE);
+    
+    /* Set output channel polarity: OC is active high */
+    LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity(TIMX, TIMX_CHANNEL_CH1, LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH);
+    LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity(TIMX, TIMX_CHANNEL_CH2, LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH);
+    LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity(TIMX, TIMX_CHANNEL_CH3, LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH);
+    LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity(TIMX, TIMX_CHANNEL_CH4, LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH);
+    
+    /* Enable counter */
+    LL_TIM_EnableCounter(TIMX);
+  }
+
+  /* Enable the timer counter */
+  timer_initcounter++;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  UnInitialize a timer to manage timing in us
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USBPD_TIM_DeInit(void)
+{
+  timer_initcounter--;
+  if(0 == timer_initcounter)
+  {
+    TIMX_CLK_DISABLE;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  start the timer counting
+  * @param  timer id @TIM_identifier
+  * @param  time in us
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void USBPD_TIM_Start(TIM_identifier Id, uint32_t TimeUs)
+{
+  /* Positionne l'evenement pour sa detection */
+  switch (Id)
+  {
+    case TIM_PORT0_CRC:
+      TIMX_CHANNEL1_SETEVENT;
+      break;
+    case TIM_PORT0_RETRY:
+      TIMX_CHANNEL2_SETEVENT;
+      break;
+    case TIM_PORT1_CRC:
+      TIMX_CHANNEL3_SETEVENT;
+      break;
+    case TIM_PORT1_RETRY:
+      TIMX_CHANNEL4_SETEVENT;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  check timer expiration
+  * @param  timer id @TIM_identifier
+  * @retval None
+  */
+uint32_t USBPD_TIM_IsExpired(TIM_identifier Id)
+{
+  uint32_t _expired = 1u;
+  switch (Id)
+  {
+    case TIM_PORT0_CRC:
+      _expired = TIMX_CHANNEL1_GETFLAG(TIMX);
+      break;
+    case TIM_PORT0_RETRY:
+      _expired = TIMX_CHANNEL2_GETFLAG(TIMX);
+      break;
+    case TIM_PORT1_CRC:
+      _expired = TIMX_CHANNEL3_GETFLAG(TIMX);
+      break;
+    case TIM_PORT1_RETRY:
+      _expired = TIMX_CHANNEL4_GETFLAG(TIMX);
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+  return _expired;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c

@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "croutine.h"
+
+/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */
+#if( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
+ * than file scope.
+ */
+#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
+	#define static
+#endif
+
+
+/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
+static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ];	/*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
+static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1;									/*< Delayed co-routines. */
+static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2;									/*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList;									/*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
+static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;							/*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList;								/*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event.  They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
+
+/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
+CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
+static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
+static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
+
+/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
+#define corINITIAL_STATE	( 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
+ * for the priority.  It is inserted at the end of the list.
+ *
+ * This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
+ * used from within an ISR.
+ */
+#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB )																		\
+{																													\
+	if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority )															\
+	{																												\
+		uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority;															\
+	}																												\
+	vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );	\
+}
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler.  This is called
+ * automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
+
+/*
+ * Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
+ * the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion).  Instead they are placed in
+ * in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
+ * list by the co-routine scheduler.
+ */
+static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
+
+/*
+ * Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
+ * see if any require waking.
+ *
+ * Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
+ * meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
+ * we need not look any further down the list.
+ */
+static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+CRCB_t *pxCoRoutine;
+
+	/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
+	pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
+	if( pxCoRoutine )
+	{
+		/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
+		be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
+		if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
+		{
+			pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
+			prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
+		}
+
+		/* Check the priority is within limits. */
+		if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
+		{
+			uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
+		}
+
+		/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
+		pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
+		pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
+		pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
+		pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
+
+		/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
+		vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+		vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
+
+		/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
+		This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
+		in a list. */
+		listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
+		listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
+
+		/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
+		listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
+
+		/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
+		list at the correct priority. */
+		prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
+
+		xReturn = pdPASS;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList )
+{
+TickType_t xTimeToWake;
+
+	/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
+	not a problem. */
+	xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
+
+	/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
+	ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
+	both lists. */
+	( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+	/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+	if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
+	{
+		/* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the
+		overflow list. */
+		vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
+		current block list. */
+		vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+	}
+
+	if( pxEventList )
+	{
+		/* Also add the co-routine to an event list.  If this is done then the
+		function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
+		vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
+{
+	/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list?  These
+	are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR.  The ISR cannot access
+	the	ready lists itself. */
+	while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
+	{
+		CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
+
+		/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+		{
+			pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) );
+			( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+		}
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+		prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
+{
+CRCB_t *pxCRCB;
+
+	xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
+	while( xPassedTicks )
+	{
+		xCoRoutineTickCount++;
+		xPassedTicks--;
+
+		/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
+		if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
+		{
+			List_t * pxTemp;
+
+			/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists.  If there are
+			any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
+			pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
+			pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
+			pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
+		}
+
+		/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
+		while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
+
+			if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
+			{
+				/* Timeout not yet expired. */
+				break;
+			}
+
+			portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+			{
+				/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
+				section.  If this is the case then the generic list item will
+				have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
+				line is still valid.  Also the pvContainer parameter will have
+				been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+				/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
+				if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pxContainer )
+				{
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+				}
+			}
+			portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+			prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
+		}
+	}
+
+	xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
+{
+	/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
+	prvCheckPendingReadyList();
+
+	/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
+	prvCheckDelayedList();
+
+	/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
+	while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
+	{
+		if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
+		{
+			/* No more co-routines to check. */
+			return;
+		}
+		--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
+	}
+
+	/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
+	 of the	same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
+	listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
+
+	/* Call the co-routine. */
+	( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
+
+	return;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxPriority;
+
+	for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
+	{
+		vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
+	}
+
+	vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
+	vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
+	vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
+
+	/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
+	pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
+	pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
+	pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList )
+{
+CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	/* This function is called from within an interrupt.  It can only access
+	event lists and the pending ready list.  This function assumes that a
+	check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
+	pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
+	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+	vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c

@@ -0,0 +1,753 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* FreeRTOS includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+#include "event_groups.h"
+
+/* Lint e961, e750 and e9021 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021 See comment above. */
+
+/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list
+item value.  It is important they don't clash with the
+taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */
+#if configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1
+	#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT	0x0100U
+	#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET	0x0200U
+	#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS			0x0400U
+	#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES	0xff00U
+#else
+	#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT	0x01000000UL
+	#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET	0x02000000UL
+	#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS			0x04000000UL
+	#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES	0xff000000UL
+#endif
+
+typedef struct EventGroupDef_t
+{
+	EventBits_t uxEventBits;
+	List_t xTasksWaitingForBits;		/*< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */
+
+	#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber;
+	#endif
+
+	#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+		uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated; /*< Set to pdTRUE if the event group is statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
+	#endif
+} EventGroup_t;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met.
+ * The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits.  If xWaitForAllBits is
+ * pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor
+ * are also set in uxCurrentEventBits.  If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the
+ * wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set
+ * in uxCurrentEventBits.
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer )
+	{
+	EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
+
+		/* A StaticEventGroup_t object must be provided. */
+		configASSERT( pxEventGroupBuffer );
+
+		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+			variable of type StaticEventGroup_t equals the size of the real
+			event group structure. */
+			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticEventGroup_t );
+			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
+		} /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced if configASSERT() is defined. */
+		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+		/* The user has provided a statically allocated event group - use it. */
+		pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pxEventGroupBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 EventGroup_t and StaticEventGroup_t are deliberately aliased for data hiding purposes and guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirement - checked by configASSERT(). */
+
+		if( pxEventBits != NULL )
+		{
+			pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
+			vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
+
+			#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note that
+				this event group was created statically in case the event group
+				is later deleted. */
+				pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+			traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* xEventGroupCreateStatic should only ever be called with
+			pxEventGroupBuffer pointing to a pre-allocated (compile time
+			allocated) StaticEventGroup_t variable. */
+			traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
+		}
+
+		return pxEventBits;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void )
+	{
+	EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
+
+		/* Allocate the event group.  Justification for MISRA deviation as
+		follows:  pvPortMalloc() always ensures returned memory blocks are
+		aligned per the requirements of the MCU stack.  In this case
+		pvPortMalloc() must return a pointer that is guaranteed to meet the
+		alignment requirements of the EventGroup_t structure - which (if you
+		follow it through) is the alignment requirements of the TickType_t type
+		(EventBits_t being of TickType_t itself).  Therefore, whenever the
+		stack alignment requirements are greater than or equal to the
+		TickType_t alignment requirements the cast is safe.  In other cases,
+		where the natural word size of the architecture is less than
+		sizeof( TickType_t ), the TickType_t variables will be accessed in two
+		or more reads operations, and the alignment requirements is only that
+		of each individual read. */
+		pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 see comment above. */
+
+		if( pxEventBits != NULL )
+		{
+			pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
+			vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
+
+			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note this
+				event group was allocated statically in case the event group is
+				later deleted. */
+				pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+			traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED(); /*lint !e9063 Else branch only exists to allow tracing and does not generate code if trace macros are not defined. */
+		}
+
+		return pxEventBits;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn;
+EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded;
+BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
+
+	configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
+	configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+		( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
+
+		if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
+		{
+			/* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */
+			uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet );
+
+			/* Rendezvous always clear the bits.  They will have been cleared
+			already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */
+			pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
+
+			xTicksToWait = 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor );
+
+				/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
+				task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
+				found.  Then enter the blocked state. */
+				vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait );
+
+				/* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after
+				the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a
+				warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the
+				assignment is omitted. */
+				uxReturn = 0;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was
+				specified - just return the current event bit value. */
+				uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+				xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
+		point either the required bits were set or the block time expired.  If
+		the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
+		event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
+		uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
+
+		if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+				/* Although the task got here because it timed out before the
+				bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it
+				unblocked another task has set the bits.  If this is the case
+				then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */
+				if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
+				{
+					pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+			xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
+		}
+
+		/* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be
+		returned. */
+		uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
+	}
+
+	traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
+
+	/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
+	( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
+
+	return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0;
+BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded;
+BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
+
+	/* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel
+	itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */
+	configASSERT( xEventGroup );
+	configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
+	configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+		/* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */
+		xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits );
+
+		if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to
+			block. */
+			uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
+			xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
+
+			/* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */
+			if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was
+			specified, so just return the current value. */
+			uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
+			xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be
+			set.  uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of
+			this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits
+			unblock the task. */
+			if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
+			task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
+			found.  Then enter the blocked state. */
+			vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait );
+
+			/* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but
+			some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable
+			being returned without being set if it is not done. */
+			uxReturn = 0;
+
+			traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor );
+		}
+	}
+	xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
+		point either the required bits were set or the block time expired.  If
+		the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
+		event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
+		uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
+
+		if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
+				uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+				/* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this
+				task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */
+				if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+				xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
+		}
+
+		/* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */
+		uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
+	}
+	traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
+
+	/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
+	( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
+
+	return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
+{
+EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+EventBits_t uxReturn;
+
+	/* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel
+	itself. */
+	configASSERT( xEventGroup );
+	configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
+
+		/* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being
+		cleared. */
+		uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+		/* Clear the bits. */
+		pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
+	{
+		BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
+		xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+EventGroup_t const * const pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+EventBits_t uxReturn;
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return uxReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 EventGroupHandle_t is a typedef used in other functions to so can't be pointer to const. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
+{
+ListItem_t *pxListItem, *pxNext;
+ListItem_t const *pxListEnd;
+List_t const * pxList;
+EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits;
+EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
+
+	/* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel
+	itself. */
+	configASSERT( xEventGroup );
+	configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
+
+	pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
+	pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
+
+		pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList );
+
+		/* Set the bits. */
+		pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet;
+
+		/* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */
+		while( pxListItem != pxListEnd )
+		{
+			pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem );
+			uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem );
+			xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
+
+			/* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */
+			uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
+			uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
+
+			if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Just looking for single bit being set. */
+				if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor )
+			{
+				/* All bits are set. */
+				xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */
+			}
+
+			if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				/* The bits match.  Should the bits be cleared on exit? */
+				if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				/* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list
+				item before removing the task from the event list.  The
+				eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows
+				that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather
+				than because it timed out. */
+				vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
+			}
+
+			/* Move onto the next list item.  Note pxListItem->pxNext is not
+			used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list
+			and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */
+			pxListItem = pxNext;
+		}
+
+		/* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT
+		bit was set in the control word. */
+		pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
+	}
+	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	return pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+{
+EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+const List_t *pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup );
+
+		while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted
+			and cannot therefore have any bits set. */
+			configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( const ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) );
+			vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
+		}
+
+		#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
+		{
+			/* The event group can only have been allocated dynamically - free
+			it again. */
+			vPortFree( pxEventBits );
+		}
+		#elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+		{
+			/* The event group could have been allocated statically or
+			dynamically, so check before attempting to free the memory. */
+			if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
+			{
+				vPortFree( pxEventBits );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+	}
+	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from
+an interrupt. */
+void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet )
+{
+	( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from
+an interrupt. */
+void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
+{
+	( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits )
+{
+BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE;
+
+	if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be
+		set.  Is one already set? */
+		if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set.
+		Are they set already? */
+		if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
+		{
+			xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+	return xWaitConditionMet;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
+		xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
+
+	UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup )
+	{
+	UBaseType_t xReturn;
+	EventGroup_t const *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */
+
+		if( xEventGroup == NULL )
+		{
+			xReturn = 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber )
+	{
+		( ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup )->uxEventGroupNumber = uxEventGroupNumber; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOSConfig_template.h

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.2.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
+#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * this is a template configuration files
+ *
+ * These definitions should be adjusted for your particular hardware and
+ * application requirements.
+ *
+ * These parameters and more are described within the 'configuration' section of the
+ * FreeRTOS API documentation available on the FreeRTOS.org web site.
+ *
+ * See http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Ensure stdint is only used by the compiler, and not the assembler. */
+#if defined(__ICCARM__) || defined(__CC_ARM) || defined(__GNUC__)
+ #include <stdint.h>
+ extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
+#endif
+
+/*  CMSIS-RTOSv2 defines 56 levels of priorities. To be able to use them
+ *  all and avoid application misbehavior, configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
+ *  must be set to 0 and configMAX_PRIORITIES to 56
+ *
+ */
+/* #define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION	0*/
+/* #define configMAX_PRIORITIES					( 56 ) */
+#define configUSE_PREEMPTION              1
+#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK               0
+#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK               0
+#define configMAX_PRIORITIES              (7)
+#define configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION   0
+#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ                (SystemCoreClock)
+#define configTICK_RATE_HZ                ((TickType_t)1000)
+#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE          ((uint16_t)128)
+#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE             ((size_t)(15 * 1024))
+#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN           (16)
+#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY          1
+#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS            0
+#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD           1
+#define configUSE_MUTEXES                 1
+#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE         8
+#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW    0
+#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES       1
+#define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK      0
+#define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG    0
+#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES     1
+#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS     0
+
+/* Co-routine definitions. */
+#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES           0
+#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES (2)
+
+/* Software timer definitions. */
+#define configUSE_TIMERS             0
+#define configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY    (2)
+#define configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH     10
+#define configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH (configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE * 2)
+
+/* Set the following definitions to 1 to include the API function, or zero
+to exclude the API function. */
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet       1
+#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet      1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete            1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources  0
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend           1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil        0
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay             1
+#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 1
+
+/*------------- CMSIS-RTOS V2 specific defines -----------*/
+/* When using CMSIS-RTOSv2 set configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION to 1
+ * is mandatory to avoid compile errors.
+ * CMSIS-RTOS V2 implmentation requires the following defines
+ *
+#define configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION          1   <-- cmsis_os threads are created using xTaskCreateStatic() API
+#define configMAX_PRIORITIES                    (56) <-- Priority range in CMSIS-RTOS V2 is [0 .. 56]
+#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 0    <-- when set to 1, configMAX_PRIORITIES can't be more than 32 which is not suitable for the new CMSIS-RTOS v2 priority range
+*/
+
+/* the CMSIS-RTOS V2 FreeRTOS wrapper is dependent on the heap implementation used
+ * by the application thus the correct define need to be enabled from the list
+ * below
+ *
+//define USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_1
+//define USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_2
+//define USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_3
+//define USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_4
+//define USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_5
+
+*/
+
+
+/* Cortex-M specific definitions. */
+#ifdef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+ /* __BVIC_PRIO_BITS will be specified when CMSIS is being used. */
+ #define configPRIO_BITS         __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+#else
+ #define configPRIO_BITS         4        /* 15 priority levels */
+#endif
+
+/* The lowest interrupt priority that can be used in a call to a "set priority"
+function. */
+#define configLIBRARY_LOWEST_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY   0xf
+
+/* The highest interrupt priority that can be used by any interrupt service
+routine that makes calls to interrupt safe FreeRTOS API functions.  DO NOT CALL
+INTERRUPT SAFE FREERTOS API FUNCTIONS FROM ANY INTERRUPT THAT HAS A HIGHER
+PRIORITY THAN THIS! (higher priorities are lower numeric values. */
+#define configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 5
+
+/* Interrupt priorities used by the kernel port layer itself.  These are generic
+to all Cortex-M ports, and do not rely on any particular library functions. */
+#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY   ( configLIBRARY_LOWEST_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) )
+/* !!!! configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to zero !!!!
+See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html. */
+#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY  ( configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) )
+
+/* Normal assert() semantics without relying on the provision of an assert.h
+header file. */
+#define configASSERT( x ) if( ( x ) == 0 ) { taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); for( ;; ); }
+
+/* Definitions that map the FreeRTOS port interrupt handlers to their CMSIS
+   standard names. */
+#define vPortSVCHandler    SVC_Handler
+#define xPortPendSVHandler PendSV_Handler
+
+/* IMPORTANT: FreeRTOS is using the SysTick as internal time base, thus make sure the system and peripherials are
+              using a different time base (TIM based for example).
+ */
+#define xPortSysTickHandler SysTick_Handler
+
+#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
+#define STACK_MACROS_H
+
+#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */
+	#warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h.  Please update your code accordingly.  This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in future released.
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
+ * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
+ * past.
+ *
+ * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
+ * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
+ * the stack limit.  Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
+ * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
+ * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
+ * overwritten.  Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
+ * stack will always be recognised.
+ */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
+
+	/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()																\
+	{																									\
+		/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */								\
+		if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack )										\
+		{																								\
+			vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );	\
+		}																								\
+	}
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
+
+	/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()																\
+	{																									\
+																										\
+		/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */								\
+		if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack )									\
+		{																								\
+			vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );	\
+		}																								\
+	}
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
+
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()																\
+	{																									\
+		const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack;							\
+		const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5;											\
+																										\
+		if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||												\
+			( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||												\
+			( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||												\
+			( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) )												\
+		{																								\
+			vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );	\
+		}																								\
+	}
+
+#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
+
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()																								\
+	{																																	\
+	int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack;																		\
+	static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = {	tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,		\
+													tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,		\
+													tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,		\
+													tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,		\
+													tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE };	\
+																																		\
+																																		\
+		pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes );																					\
+																																		\
+		/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */																\
+		if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 )					\
+		{																																\
+			vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );									\
+		}																																\
+	}
+
+#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
+#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
+#endif
+
+
+
+#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/atomic.h

@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file atomic.h
+ * @brief FreeRTOS atomic operation support.
+ *
+ * This file implements atomic functions by disabling interrupts globally.
+ * Implementations with architecture specific atomic instructions can be
+ * provided under each compiler directory.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ATOMIC_H
+#define ATOMIC_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+	#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include atomic.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Port specific definitions -- entering/exiting critical section.
+ * Refer template -- ./lib/FreeRTOS/portable/Compiler/Arch/portmacro.h
+ *
+ * Every call to ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() must be closely paired with
+ * ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL().
+ *
+ */
+#if defined( portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR )
+
+	/* Nested interrupt scheme is supported in this port. */
+	#define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL()	 \
+		UBaseType_t uxCriticalSectionType = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
+
+	#define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL()	  \
+		portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxCriticalSectionType )
+
+#else
+
+	/* Nested interrupt scheme is NOT supported in this port. */
+	#define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL()	 portENTER_CRITICAL()
+	#define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL()	  portEXIT_CRITICAL()
+
+#endif /* portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() */
+
+/*
+ * Port specific definition -- "always inline".
+ * Inline is compiler specific, and may not always get inlined depending on your
+ * optimization level.  Also, inline is considered as performance optimization
+ * for atomic.  Thus, if portFORCE_INLINE is not provided by portmacro.h,
+ * instead of resulting error, simply define it away.
+ */
+#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
+	#define portFORCE_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS	 0x1U		/**< Compare and swap succeeded, swapped. */
+#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE	 0x0U		/**< Compare and swap failed, did not swap. */
+
+/*----------------------------- Swap && CAS ------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic compare-and-swap
+ *
+ * @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified values.
+ *
+ * @param[in, out] pulDestination  Pointer to memory location from where value is
+ *                               to be loaded and checked.
+ * @param[in] ulExchange         If condition meets, write this value to memory.
+ * @param[in] ulComparand        Swap condition.
+ *
+ * @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
+ *
+ * @note This function only swaps *pulDestination with ulExchange, if previous
+ *       *pulDestination value equals ulComparand.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwap_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
+															uint32_t ulExchange,
+															uint32_t ulComparand )
+{
+uint32_t ulReturnValue;
+
+	ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( *pulDestination == ulComparand )
+		{
+			*pulDestination = ulExchange;
+			ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
+		}
+	}
+	ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return ulReturnValue;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic swap (pointers)
+ *
+ * @brief Atomically sets the address pointed to by *ppvDestination to the value
+ *        of *pvExchange.
+ *
+ * @param[in, out] ppvDestination  Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
+ *                                 value is to be loaded and written back to.
+ * @param[in] pvExchange           Pointer value to be written to *ppvDestination.
+ *
+ * @return The initial value of *ppvDestination.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE void * Atomic_SwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
+														void * pvExchange )
+{
+void * pReturnValue;
+
+	ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pReturnValue = *ppvDestination;
+		*ppvDestination = pvExchange;
+	}
+	ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return pReturnValue;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic compare-and-swap (pointers)
+ *
+ * @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified pointer
+ *        values.
+ *
+ * @param[in, out] ppvDestination  Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
+ *                                 value is to be loaded and checked.
+ * @param[in] pvExchange           If condition meets, write this value to memory.
+ * @param[in] pvComparand          Swap condition.
+ *
+ * @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
+ *
+ * @note This function only swaps *ppvDestination with pvExchange, if previous
+ *       *ppvDestination value equals pvComparand.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
+																	void * pvExchange,
+																	void * pvComparand )
+{
+uint32_t ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
+
+	ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		if( *ppvDestination == pvComparand )
+		{
+			*ppvDestination = pvExchange;
+			ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
+		}
+	}
+	ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return ulReturnValue;
+}
+
+
+/*----------------------------- Arithmetic ------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic add
+ *
+ * @brief Atomically adds count to the value of the specified pointer points to.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] pulAddend  Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
+ *                         loaded and written back to.
+ * @param[in] ulCount      Value to be added to *pulAddend.
+ *
+ * @return previous *pulAddend value.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Add_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
+												 uint32_t ulCount )
+{
+	uint32_t ulCurrent;
+
+	ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
+		*pulAddend += ulCount;
+	}
+	ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return ulCurrent;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic subtract
+ *
+ * @brief Atomically subtracts count from the value of the specified pointer
+ *        pointers to.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] pulAddend  Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
+ *                         loaded and written back to.
+ * @param[in] ulCount      Value to be subtract from *pulAddend.
+ *
+ * @return previous *pulAddend value.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Subtract_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
+													  uint32_t ulCount )
+{
+	uint32_t ulCurrent;
+
+	ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
+		*pulAddend -= ulCount;
+	}
+	ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return ulCurrent;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic increment
+ *
+ * @brief Atomically increments the value of the specified pointer points to.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] pulAddend  Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
+ *                         loaded and written back to.
+ *
+ * @return *pulAddend value before increment.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Increment_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
+{
+uint32_t ulCurrent;
+
+	ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
+		*pulAddend += 1;
+	}
+	ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return ulCurrent;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic decrement
+ *
+ * @brief Atomically decrements the value of the specified pointer points to
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] pulAddend  Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
+ *                         loaded and written back to.
+ *
+ * @return *pulAddend value before decrement.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Decrement_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
+{
+uint32_t ulCurrent;
+
+	ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
+		*pulAddend -= 1;
+	}
+	ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return ulCurrent;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------- Bitwise Logical ------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic OR
+ *
+ * @brief Performs an atomic OR operation on the specified values.
+ *
+ * @param [in, out] pulDestination  Pointer to memory location from where value is
+ *                                to be loaded and written back to.
+ * @param [in] ulValue            Value to be ORed with *pulDestination.
+ *
+ * @return The original value of *pulDestination.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_OR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
+												uint32_t ulValue )
+{
+uint32_t ulCurrent;
+
+	ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
+		*pulDestination |= ulValue;
+	}
+	ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return ulCurrent;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic AND
+ *
+ * @brief Performs an atomic AND operation on the specified values.
+ *
+ * @param [in, out] pulDestination  Pointer to memory location from where value is
+ *                                to be loaded and written back to.
+ * @param [in] ulValue            Value to be ANDed with *pulDestination.
+ *
+ * @return The original value of *pulDestination.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_AND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
+												 uint32_t ulValue )
+{
+uint32_t ulCurrent;
+
+	ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
+		*pulDestination &= ulValue;
+	}
+	ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return ulCurrent;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic NAND
+ *
+ * @brief Performs an atomic NAND operation on the specified values.
+ *
+ * @param [in, out] pulDestination  Pointer to memory location from where value is
+ *                                to be loaded and written back to.
+ * @param [in] ulValue            Value to be NANDed with *pulDestination.
+ *
+ * @return The original value of *pulDestination.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_NAND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
+												  uint32_t ulValue )
+{
+uint32_t ulCurrent;
+
+	ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
+		*pulDestination = ~( ulCurrent & ulValue );
+	}
+	ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return ulCurrent;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic XOR
+ *
+ * @brief Performs an atomic XOR operation on the specified values.
+ *
+ * @param [in, out] pulDestination  Pointer to memory location from where value is
+ *                                to be loaded and written back to.
+ * @param [in] ulValue            Value to be XORed with *pulDestination.
+ *
+ * @return The original value of *pulDestination.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_XOR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
+												 uint32_t ulValue )
+{
+uint32_t ulCurrent;
+
+	ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
+		*pulDestination ^= ulValue;
+	}
+	ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return ulCurrent;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ATOMIC_H */

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h

@@ -0,0 +1,720 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
+#define CO_ROUTINE_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+	#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "list.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block.  The
+control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
+the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
+typedef void * CoRoutineHandle_t;
+
+/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
+typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( CoRoutineHandle_t, UBaseType_t );
+
+typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
+{
+	crCOROUTINE_CODE 	pxCoRoutineFunction;
+	ListItem_t			xGenericListItem;	/*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
+	ListItem_t			xEventListItem;		/*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
+	UBaseType_t 		uxPriority;			/*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
+	UBaseType_t 		uxIndex;			/*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
+	uint16_t 			uxState;			/*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
+} CRCB_t; /* Co-routine control block.  Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with TCB_t. */
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ *<pre>
+ BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate(
+                                 crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
+                                 UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+                                 UBaseType_t uxIndex
+                               );</pre>
+ *
+ * Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
+ * ready to run.
+ *
+ * @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function.  Co-routine
+ * functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
+ * documentation for more information.
+ *
+ * @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
+ *  the co-routine will run.
+ *
+ * @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
+ * execute the same function.  See the example below and the co-routine section
+ * of the WEB documentation for further information.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
+ * list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vFlashCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
+ static const TickType_t uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+         // This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
+         // an LED.  Two co-routines are created using this function, so
+         // the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
+         // LED to flash and how int32_t to delay.  This assumes xQueue has
+         // already been created.
+         vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
+         crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }
+
+ // Function that creates two co-routines.
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
+ TaskHandle_t xHandle;
+
+     // Create two co-routines at priority 0.  The first is given index 0
+     // so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks.  The second
+     // is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
+     for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
+     {
+         xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
+     }
+ }
+   </pre>
+ * \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex );
+
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ *<pre>
+ void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Run a co-routine.
+ *
+ * vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
+ * to run.  The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
+ * preempted by a task.  Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
+ * co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
+ *
+ * If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
+ * vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
+ * hook).
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+ // This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
+ // The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
+ void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ {
+	vCoRoutineSchedule();
+ }
+
+ // Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
+ // execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineSchedule() within an
+ // infinite loop.
+ void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ {
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        vCoRoutineSchedule();
+    }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crSTART( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle );</pre>
+ *
+ * This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static int32_t ulAVariable;
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+          // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( CRCB_t * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0:
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crEND();</pre>
+ *
+ * This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static int32_t ulAVariable;
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+          // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crEND() }
+
+/*
+ * These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
+ * only.  The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
+ */
+#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2):
+#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1):
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ *<pre>
+ crDELAY( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, TickType_t xTicksToDelay );</pre>
+ *
+ * Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
+ *
+ * crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function.  This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay.  This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
+ * for.  The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
+ * configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h).  The constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS
+ * can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ // We are to delay for 200ms.
+ static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+        // Delay for 200ms.
+        crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
+
+        // Do something here.
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay )												\
+	if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 )															\
+	{																					\
+		vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL );							\
+	}																					\
+	crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
+
+/**
+ * <pre>
+ crQUEUE_SEND(
+                  CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
+                  QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+                  void *pvItemToQueue,
+                  TickType_t xTicksToWait,
+                  BaseType_t *pxResult
+             )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
+ * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
+ * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function.  This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine.  This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
+ * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
+ * the xQueueCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
+ * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
+ * created.  This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
+ * itself.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
+ * to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
+ * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
+ * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h).  The constant
+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
+ * below).
+ *
+ * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
+ * data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
+ * error defined within ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+ // Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
+ // a queue.
+ static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static BaseType_t xNumberToPost = 0;
+ static BaseType_t xResult;
+
+    // Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
+    crSTART( xHandle );
+
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        // This assumes the queue has already been created.
+        crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+        if( xResult != pdPASS )
+        {
+            // The message was not posted!
+        }
+
+        // Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
+        xNumberToPost++;
+
+        // Delay for 100 ticks.
+        crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
+    }
+
+    // Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+    crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult )			\
+{																						\
+	*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) );	\
+	if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED )												\
+	{																					\
+		crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );													\
+		*pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 );					\
+	}																					\
+	if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD )													\
+	{																					\
+		crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) );													\
+		*pxResult = pdPASS;																\
+	}																					\
+}
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+  crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
+                     CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
+                     QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+                     void *pvBuffer,
+                     TickType_t xTicksToWait,
+                     BaseType_t *pxResult
+                 )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
+ * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
+ * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function.  This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine.  This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
+ * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
+ * the xQueueCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
+ * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
+ * created.  This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
+ * to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
+ * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
+ * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h).  The constant
+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
+ * crQUEUE_SEND example).
+ *
+ * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
+ * data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
+ * an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue.  It
+ // blocks on the queue until the number is received.
+ static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static BaseType_t xResult;
+ static UBaseType_t uxLEDToFlash;
+
+    // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+    crSTART( xHandle );
+
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        // Wait for data to become available on the queue.
+        crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+        if( xResult == pdPASS )
+        {
+            // We received the LED to flash - flash it!
+            vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
+        }
+    }
+
+    crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult )			\
+{																						\
+	*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) );		\
+	if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) 											\
+	{																					\
+		crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );													\
+		*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 );				\
+	}																					\
+	if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD )												\
+	{																					\
+		crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) );													\
+		*( pxResult ) = pdPASS;															\
+	}																					\
+}
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+  crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+                            QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+                            void *pvItemToQueue,
+                            BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
+                       )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
+ * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
+ * functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
+ * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
+ * ISR.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
+ * that is being used from within a co-routine.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
+ * the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt.  The first call
+ * should always pass in pdFALSE.  Subsequent calls should pass in
+ * the value returned from the previous call.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue.  This is
+ * used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
+ * the ISR.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
+ static void vReceivingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ char cRxedChar;
+ BaseType_t xResult;
+
+     // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+         // Wait for data to become available on the queue.  This assumes the
+         // queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
+         crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+         // Was a character received?
+         if( xResult == pdPASS )
+         {
+             // Process the character here.
+         }
+     }
+
+     // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+     crEND();
+ }
+
+ // An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
+ // a co-routine.
+ void vUART_ISR( void )
+ {
+ char cRxedChar;
+ BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+     // We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
+     while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
+     {
+         // Obtain the character from the UART.
+         cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
+
+         // Post the character onto a queue.  xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
+         // the first time around the loop.  If the post causes a co-routine
+         // to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
+         // In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
+         // blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
+         // many characters are posted to the queue.
+         xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
+     }
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
+
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+  crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+                            QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+                            void *pvBuffer,
+                            BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken
+                       )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
+ * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
+ * functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
+ * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
+ * ISR.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
+ * from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
+ * posted to the queue).
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
+ * placed.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
+ * pvBuffer.
+ *
+ * @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
+ * available on the queue.  If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
+ * co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
+ * *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
+ * pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
+ // period.  The character is incremented each time.
+ static void vSendingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
+ // be declared static.
+ static char cCharToTx = 'a';
+ BaseType_t xResult;
+
+     // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+         // Send the next character to the queue.
+         crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+         if( xResult == pdPASS )
+         {
+             // The character was successfully posted to the queue.
+         }
+		 else
+		 {
+			// Could not post the character to the queue.
+		 }
+
+         // Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
+		 // hypothetical UART.  The interrupt will obtain the character
+		 // from the queue and send it.
+		 ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
+
+		 // Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
+		 // cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
+		 // declared static.
+		 cCharToTx++;
+		 if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
+		 {
+			cCharToTx = 'a';
+		 }
+		 crDELAY( 100 );
+     }
+
+     // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+     crEND();
+ }
+
+ // An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
+ void vUART_ISR( void )
+ {
+ char cCharToTx;
+ BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+     while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
+     {
+         // Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
+		 // xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
+		 // is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
+		 // woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
+         if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
+		 {
+			 SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
+		 }
+     }
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
+
+/*
+ * This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
+ * The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
+ * prototype appears here.  The function should not be used by application
+ * writers.
+ *
+ * Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
+ * appropriate delayed list.
+ */
+void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList );
+
+/*
+ * This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
+ * The function should not be used by application writers.
+ *
+ * Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
+ * the pending ready list.
+ */
+BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/deprecated_definitions.h

@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
+#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
+
+
+/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file.  Originally a
+pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
+portmacro.h file for the port being used.  That scheme was deprecated in favour
+of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
+portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
+portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.  The
+definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only.  New
+projects should not use them. */
+
+#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
+	typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
+	typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
+	#include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
+	#include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
+	#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
+	#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
+	#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC18F/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
+	#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC32MX/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _FEDPICC
+	#include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
+	#include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARM7
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
+	#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_MSP430
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MSP430
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
+	#include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM7_GCC
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM7_IAR
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR71X_IAR
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR75X_IAR
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR75X_GCC
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR91X_IAR
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_H8S
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
+	#include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
+	#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TERN_EE
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_HCS12
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
+    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
+	#include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
+	#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_PPC405
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_PPC440
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
+	/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
+	FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
+	#include "frconfig.h"
+	#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
+    typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
+	/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
+	FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
+	#include "frconfig.h"
+	#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
+    typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+   #ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
+	   #include "portmacro.h"
+   #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
+   #ifdef __CORE__
+      #if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
+	      #include "portmacro.h"
+      #endif
+   #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __91467D
+	#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __96340
+	#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/event_groups.h

@@ -0,0 +1,757 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef EVENT_GROUPS_H
+#define EVENT_GROUPS_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+	#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include event_groups.h"
+#endif
+
+/* FreeRTOS includes. */
+#include "timers.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * An event group is a collection of bits to which an application can assign a
+ * meaning.  For example, an application may create an event group to convey
+ * the status of various CAN bus related events in which bit 0 might mean "A CAN
+ * message has been received and is ready for processing", bit 1 might mean "The
+ * application has queued a message that is ready for sending onto the CAN
+ * network", and bit 2 might mean "It is time to send a SYNC message onto the
+ * CAN network" etc.  A task can then test the bit values to see which events
+ * are active, and optionally enter the Blocked state to wait for a specified
+ * bit or a group of specified bits to be active.  To continue the CAN bus
+ * example, a CAN controlling task can enter the Blocked state (and therefore
+ * not consume any processing time) until either bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 are
+ * active, at which time the bit that was actually active would inform the task
+ * which action it had to take (process a received message, send a message, or
+ * send a SYNC).
+ *
+ * The event groups implementation contains intelligence to avoid race
+ * conditions that would otherwise occur were an application to use a simple
+ * variable for the same purpose.  This is particularly important with respect
+ * to when a bit within an event group is to be cleared, and when bits have to
+ * be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are
+ * used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a
+ * 'rendezvous').
+ *
+ * \defgroup EventGroup
+ */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *
+ * Type by which event groups are referenced.  For example, a call to
+ * xEventGroupCreate() returns an EventGroupHandle_t variable that can then
+ * be used as a parameter to other event group functions.
+ *
+ * \defgroup EventGroupHandle_t EventGroupHandle_t
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+struct EventGroupDef_t;
+typedef struct EventGroupDef_t * EventGroupHandle_t;
+
+/*
+ * The type that holds event bits always matches TickType_t - therefore the
+ * number of bits it holds is set by configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS (16 bits if set to 1,
+ * 32 bits if set to 0.
+ *
+ * \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+ EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * Create a new event group.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
+ * block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored.  If an event
+ * groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is
+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
+ * (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If an event group is created
+ * using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
+ * provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
+ * xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
+ * without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
+ * reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
+ * on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  If
+ * configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
+ * 0 to bit 7).  If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
+ * 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23).  The EventBits_t type is used to store
+ * event bits within an event group.
+ *
+ * @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
+ * returned.  If there was insufficient FreeRTOS heap available to create the
+ * event group then NULL is returned.  See http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+	// Declare a variable to hold the created event group.
+	EventGroupHandle_t xCreatedEventGroup;
+
+	// Attempt to create the event group.
+	xCreatedEventGroup = xEventGroupCreate();
+
+	// Was the event group created successfully?
+	if( xCreatedEventGroup == NULL )
+	{
+		// The event group was not created because there was insufficient
+		// FreeRTOS heap available.
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		// The event group was created.
+	}
+   </pre>
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+ EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( EventGroupHandle_t * pxEventGroupBuffer );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * Create a new event group.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
+ * block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored.  If an event
+ * groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is
+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
+ * (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If an event group is created
+ * using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
+ * provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
+ * xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
+ * without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
+ * reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
+ * on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  If
+ * configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
+ * 0 to bit 7).  If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
+ * 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23).  The EventBits_t type is used to store
+ * event bits within an event group.
+ *
+ * @param pxEventGroupBuffer pxEventGroupBuffer must point to a variable of type
+ * StaticEventGroup_t, which will be then be used to hold the event group's data
+ * structures, removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
+ *
+ * @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
+ * returned.  If pxEventGroupBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+	// StaticEventGroup_t is a publicly accessible structure that has the same
+	// size and alignment requirements as the real event group structure.  It is
+	// provided as a mechanism for applications to know the size of the event
+	// group (which is dependent on the architecture and configuration file
+	// settings) without breaking the strict data hiding policy by exposing the
+	// real event group internals.  This StaticEventGroup_t variable is passed
+	// into the xSemaphoreCreateEventGroupStatic() function and is used to store
+	// the event group's data structures
+	StaticEventGroup_t xEventGroupBuffer;
+
+	// Create the event group without dynamically allocating any memory.
+	xEventGroup = xEventGroupCreateStatic( &xEventGroupBuffer );
+   </pre>
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( 	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+										const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
+										const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
+										const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
+										const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a
+ * previously created event group.
+ *
+ * This function cannot be called from an interrupt.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested.  The
+ * event group must have previously been created using a call to
+ * xEventGroupCreate().
+ *
+ * @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
+ * inside the event group.  For example, to wait for bit 0 and/or bit 2 set
+ * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05.  To wait for bits 0 and/or bit 1 and/or bit 2 set
+ * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07.  Etc.
+ *
+ * @param xClearOnExit If xClearOnExit is set to pdTRUE then any bits within
+ * uxBitsToWaitFor that are set within the event group will be cleared before
+ * xEventGroupWaitBits() returns if the wait condition was met (if the function
+ * returns for a reason other than a timeout).  If xClearOnExit is set to
+ * pdFALSE then the bits set in the event group are not altered when the call to
+ * xEventGroupWaitBits() returns.
+ *
+ * @param xWaitForAllBits If xWaitForAllBits is set to pdTRUE then
+ * xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when either all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor
+ * are set or the specified block time expires.  If xWaitForAllBits is set to
+ * pdFALSE then xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when any one of the bits set
+ * in uxBitsToWaitFor is set or the specified block time expires.  The block
+ * time is specified by the xTicksToWait parameter.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
+ * for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by
+ * uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
+ *
+ * @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
+ * for became set, or the block time expired.  Test the return value to know
+ * which bits were set.  If xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because its timeout
+ * expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set.  If
+ * xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because the bits it was waiting for were set
+ * then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
+ * automatically cleared in the case that xClearOnExit parameter was set to
+ * pdTRUE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+   {
+   EventBits_t uxBits;
+   const TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
+
+		// Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit 0 or bit 4 to be set within
+		// the event group.  Clear the bits before exiting.
+		uxBits = xEventGroupWaitBits(
+					xEventGroup,	// The event group being tested.
+					BIT_0 | BIT_4,	// The bits within the event group to wait for.
+					pdTRUE,			// BIT_0 and BIT_4 should be cleared before returning.
+					pdFALSE,		// Don't wait for both bits, either bit will do.
+					xTicksToWait );	// Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit to be set.
+
+		if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
+		{
+			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because both bits were set.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_0 was set.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_4 was set.
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because xTicksToWait ticks passed
+			// without either BIT_0 or BIT_4 becoming set.
+		}
+   }
+   </pre>
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * Clear bits within an event group.  This function cannot be called from an
+ * interrupt.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
+ *
+ * @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear
+ * in the event group.  For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to
+ * 0x08.  To clear bit 3 and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
+ *
+ * @return The value of the event group before the specified bits were cleared.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+   {
+   EventBits_t uxBits;
+
+		// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
+		uxBits = xEventGroupClearBits(
+								xEventGroup,	// The event group being updated.
+								BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being cleared.
+
+		if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
+		{
+			// Both bit 0 and bit 4 were set before xEventGroupClearBits() was
+			// called.  Both will now be clear (not set).
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// Bit 0 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called.  It will
+			// now be clear.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// Bit 4 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called.  It will
+			// now be clear.
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 were set in the first place.
+		}
+   }
+   </pre>
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
+ *
+ * Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
+ * are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
+ * set.  FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed
+ * while interrupts are disabled, so protects event groups that are accessed
+ * from tasks by suspending the scheduler rather than disabling interrupts.  As
+ * a result event groups cannot be accessed directly from an interrupt service
+ * routine.  Therefore xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR() sends a message to the
+ * timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer
+ * task.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
+ *
+ * @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear.
+ * For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to 0x08.  To clear bit 3
+ * and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
+ *
+ * @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
+ * pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.  pdFALSE will be returned
+ * if the timer service queue was full.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
+   // xEventGroupCreate().
+   EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
+
+   void anInterruptHandler( void )
+   {
+		// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
+		xResult = xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR(
+							xEventGroup,	 // The event group being updated.
+							BIT_0 | BIT_4 ); // The bits being set.
+
+		if( xResult == pdPASS )
+		{
+			// The message was posted successfully.
+		}
+  }
+   </pre>
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#else
+	#define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * Set bits within an event group.
+ * This function cannot be called from an interrupt.  xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
+ * is a version that can be called from an interrupt.
+ *
+ * Setting bits in an event group will automatically unblock tasks that are
+ * blocked waiting for the bits.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
+ *
+ * @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
+ * For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08.  To set bit 3
+ * and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
+ *
+ * @return The value of the event group at the time the call to
+ * xEventGroupSetBits() returns.  There are two reasons why the returned value
+ * might have the bits specified by the uxBitsToSet parameter cleared.  First,
+ * if setting a bit results in a task that was waiting for the bit leaving the
+ * blocked state then it is possible the bit will be cleared automatically
+ * (see the xClearBitOnExit parameter of xEventGroupWaitBits()).  Second, any
+ * unblocked (or otherwise Ready state) task that has a priority above that of
+ * the task that called xEventGroupSetBits() will execute and may change the
+ * event group value before the call to xEventGroupSetBits() returns.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+   {
+   EventBits_t uxBits;
+
+		// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
+		uxBits = xEventGroupSetBits(
+							xEventGroup,	// The event group being updated.
+							BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being set.
+
+		if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
+		{
+			// Both bit 0 and bit 4 remained set when the function returned.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// Bit 0 remained set when the function returned, but bit 4 was
+			// cleared.  It might be that bit 4 was cleared automatically as a
+			// task that was waiting for bit 4 was removed from the Blocked
+			// state.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// Bit 4 remained set when the function returned, but bit 0 was
+			// cleared.  It might be that bit 0 was cleared automatically as a
+			// task that was waiting for bit 0 was removed from the Blocked
+			// state.
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 remained set.  It might be that a task
+			// was waiting for both of the bits to be set, and the bits were
+			// cleared as the task left the Blocked state.
+		}
+   }
+   </pre>
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
+ *
+ * Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
+ * are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
+ * set.  FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed in
+ * interrupts or from critical sections.  Therefore xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
+ * sends a message to the timer task to have the set operation performed in the
+ * context of the timer task - where a scheduler lock is used in place of a
+ * critical section.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
+ *
+ * @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
+ * For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08.  To set bit 3
+ * and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function
+ * will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task.  If the
+ * priority of the timer daemon task is higher than the priority of the
+ * currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE by
+ * xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be
+ * requested before the interrupt exits.  For that reason
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.  See the
+ * example code below.
+ *
+ * @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
+ * pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.  pdFALSE will be returned
+ * if the timer service queue was full.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
+   // xEventGroupCreate().
+   EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
+
+   void anInterruptHandler( void )
+   {
+   BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xResult;
+
+		// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.
+		xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+		// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
+		xResult = xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(
+							xEventGroup,	// The event group being updated.
+							BIT_0 | BIT_4   // The bits being set.
+							&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+		// Was the message posted successfully?
+		if( xResult == pdPASS )
+		{
+			// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
+			// switch should be requested.  The macro used is port specific and
+			// will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
+			// refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
+			portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+		}
+  }
+   </pre>
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#else
+	#define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupSync(	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+									const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
+									const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
+									TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * Atomically set bits within an event group, then wait for a combination of
+ * bits to be set within the same event group.  This functionality is typically
+ * used to synchronise multiple tasks, where each task has to wait for the other
+ * tasks to reach a synchronisation point before proceeding.
+ *
+ * This function cannot be used from an interrupt.
+ *
+ * The function will return before its block time expires if the bits specified
+ * by the uxBitsToWait parameter are set, or become set within that time.  In
+ * this case all the bits specified by uxBitsToWait will be automatically
+ * cleared before the function returns.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested.  The
+ * event group must have previously been created using a call to
+ * xEventGroupCreate().
+ *
+ * @param uxBitsToSet The bits to set in the event group before determining
+ * if, and possibly waiting for, all the bits specified by the uxBitsToWait
+ * parameter are set.
+ *
+ * @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
+ * inside the event group.  For example, to wait for bit 0 and bit 2 set
+ * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05.  To wait for bits 0 and bit 1 and bit 2 set
+ * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07.  Etc.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
+ * for all of the bits specified by uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
+ *
+ * @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
+ * for became set, or the block time expired.  Test the return value to know
+ * which bits were set.  If xEventGroupSync() returned because its timeout
+ * expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set.  If
+ * xEventGroupSync() returned because all the bits it was waiting for were
+ * set then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
+ * automatically cleared.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Bits used by the three tasks.
+ #define TASK_0_BIT		( 1 << 0 )
+ #define TASK_1_BIT		( 1 << 1 )
+ #define TASK_2_BIT		( 1 << 2 )
+
+ #define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
+
+ // Use an event group to synchronise three tasks.  It is assumed this event
+ // group has already been created elsewhere.
+ EventGroupHandle_t xEventBits;
+
+ void vTask0( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ EventBits_t uxReturn;
+ TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
+
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		// Perform task functionality here.
+
+		// Set bit 0 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
+		// sync point.  The other two tasks will set the other two bits defined
+		// by ALL_SYNC_BITS.  All three tasks have reached the synchronisation
+		// point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set.  Wait a maximum of 100ms
+		// for this to happen.
+		uxReturn = xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_0_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, xTicksToWait );
+
+		if( ( uxReturn & ALL_SYNC_BITS ) == ALL_SYNC_BITS )
+		{
+			// All three tasks reached the synchronisation point before the call
+			// to xEventGroupSync() timed out.
+		}
+	}
+ }
+
+ void vTask1( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		// Perform task functionality here.
+
+		// Set bit 1 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
+		// synchronisation point.  The other two tasks will set the other two
+		// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS.  All three tasks have reached the
+		// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set.  Wait
+		// indefinitely for this to happen.
+		xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_1_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
+
+		// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
+		// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
+		// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
+	 }
+ }
+
+ void vTask2( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		// Perform task functionality here.
+
+		// Set bit 2 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
+		// synchronisation point.  The other two tasks will set the other two
+		// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS.  All three tasks have reached the
+		// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set.  Wait
+		// indefinitely for this to happen.
+		xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_2_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
+
+		// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
+		// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
+		// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
+	}
+ }
+
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupSync xEventGroupSync
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * Returns the current value of the bits in an event group.  This function
+ * cannot be used from an interrupt.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, 0 )
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to
+ * xEventGroupCreate().  Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be
+ * unblocked and obtain 0 as the event group's value.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group being deleted.
+ */
+void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/* For internal use only. */
+void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+
+#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
+	UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	void vEventGroupSetNumber( void* xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* EVENT_GROUPS_H */
+
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h

@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This is the list implementation used by the scheduler.  While it is tailored
+ * heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
+ * application code.
+ *
+ * list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts.  Each ListItem_t contains a
+ * numeric value (xItemValue).  Most of the time the lists are sorted in
+ * descending item value order.
+ *
+ * Lists are created already containing one list item.  The value of this
+ * item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
+ * the end of the list and acts as a marker.  The list member pxHead always
+ * points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list.  This
+ * is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
+ * the list.
+ *
+ * In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
+ * item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
+ * and a pointer to back to the object that contains it.  These later two
+ * pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation.  There is
+ * effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
+ * the list item itself.
+ *
+ *
+ * \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
+ * \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
+ */
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+	#error FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LIST_H
+#define LIST_H
+
+/*
+ * The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
+ * by rights should be declared volatile.  However, they are only modified in a
+ * functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
+ * suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
+ * a volatile variable.  Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
+ * qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
+ * improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour.  The assembly
+ * instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
+ * compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
+ * deemed to be as intended.  That said, as compiler technology advances, and
+ * especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
+ * has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
+ * volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation.  It is expected
+ * that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
+ * qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
+ * optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
+ * complete and obvious failure of the scheduler.  If this is ever experienced
+ * then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
+ * list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
+ * If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
+ * will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
+ *
+ * To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
+ * "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
+ */
+#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
+	#define configLIST_VOLATILE
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
+then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
+the application.   These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
+memory.  They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
+use of FreeRTOS.*/
+#if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
+	/* Define the macros to do nothing. */
+	#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+	#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+	#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+	#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+	#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
+	#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
+	#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
+	#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
+	#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
+	#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
+#else
+	/* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
+	#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE				TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
+	#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE				TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
+	#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE					TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
+	#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE					TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
+
+	/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
+	#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )		( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+	#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )	( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+	#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )		( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+	#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )		( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+
+	/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
+	contain its expected value. */
+	#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )		configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
+	#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )			configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
+#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
+
+
+/*
+ * Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
+ */
+struct xLIST;
+struct xLIST_ITEM
+{
+	listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE			/*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+	configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;			/*< The value being listed.  In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
+	struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;		/*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
+	struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;	/*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
+	void * pvOwner;										/*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item.  There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
+	struct xLIST * configLIST_VOLATILE pxContainer;		/*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
+	listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE			/*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+};
+typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t;					/* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
+
+struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
+{
+	listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE			/*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+	configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
+	struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
+	struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
+};
+typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
+
+/*
+ * Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
+ */
+typedef struct xLIST
+{
+	listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE				/*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+	volatile UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
+	ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex;			/*< Used to walk through the list.  Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
+	MiniListItem_t xListEnd;							/*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
+	listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE				/*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+} List_t;
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to set the owner of a list item.  The owner of a list item
+ * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
+ *
+ * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner )		( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to get the owner of a list item.  The owner of a list item
+ * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem )	( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to set the value of the list item.  In most cases the value is
+ * used to sort the list in descending order.
+ *
+ * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue )	( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item.  The value can
+ * represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
+ * which a task should be unblocked.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem )	( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
+ * list.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList )	( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
+
+/*
+ * Return the list item at the head of the list.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList )	( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
+
+/*
+ * Return the next list item.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem )	( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
+
+/*
+ * Return the list item that marks the end of the list
+ *
+ * \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList )	( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to determine if a list contains any items.  The macro will
+ * only have the value true if the list is empty.
+ *
+ * \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList )	( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) ? pdTRUE : pdFALSE )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
+ */
+#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList )	( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
+
+/*
+ * Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
+ *
+ * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list.  Calling
+ * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
+ * and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter.  Using multiple calls to this
+ * function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
+ * a list.
+ *
+ * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
+ * the list item.  In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
+ * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
+ * item and its owner.
+ *
+ * @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
+ * @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList )										\
+{																							\
+List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList );													\
+	/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */				\
+	/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list.  */							\
+	( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext;							\
+	if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) )	\
+	{																						\
+		( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext;						\
+	}																						\
+	( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner;											\
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list.  Lists
+ * are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
+ *
+ * This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
+ * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
+ * the list item.  In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
+ * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
+ * item and its owner.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList )  ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner )
+
+/*
+ * Check to see if a list item is within a list.  The list item maintains a
+ * "container" pointer that points to the list it is in.  All this macro does
+ * is check to see if the container and the list match.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
+ * @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
+ * @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer == ( pxList ) ) ? ( pdTRUE ) : ( pdFALSE ) )
+
+/*
+ * Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
+ *
+ * @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
+ * @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
+ */
+#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer )
+
+/*
+ * This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
+ * pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
+ * function.
+ */
+#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
+
+/*
+ * Must be called before a list is used!  This initialises all the members
+ * of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
+ * marker to the back of the list.
+ *
+ * @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
+ *
+ * \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Must be called before a list item is used.  This sets the list container to
+ * null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
+ *
+ * @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
+ *
+ * \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Insert a list item into a list.  The item will be inserted into the list in
+ * a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
+ *
+ * \page vListInsert vListInsert
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Insert a list item into a list.  The item will be inserted in a position
+ * such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
+ * calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
+ *
+ * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list.  Calling
+ * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
+ * Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
+ * in the list position pointed to by pxIndex.  This means that every other
+ * item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
+ * the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
+ *
+ * \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Remove an item from a list.  The list item has a pointer to the list that
+ * it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
+ *
+ * @param uxListRemove The item to be removed.  The item will remove itself from
+ * the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
+ *
+ * @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
+ * been removed.
+ *
+ * \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/message_buffer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,803 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * Message buffers build functionality on top of FreeRTOS stream buffers.
+ * Whereas stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one
+ * task or interrupt to another, message buffers are used to send variable
+ * length discrete messages from one task or interrupt to another.  Their
+ * implementation is light weight, making them particularly suited for interrupt
+ * to task and core to core communication scenarios.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * timeout to 0.
+ *
+ * Message buffers hold variable length messages.  To enable that, when a
+ * message is written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes
+ * are also written to store the message's length (that happens internally, with
+ * the API function).  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
+ * architecture, so writing a 10 byte message to a message buffer on a 32-bit
+ * architecture will actually reduce the available space in the message buffer
+ * by 14 bytes (10 byte are used by the message, and 4 bytes to hold the length
+ * of the message).
+ */
+
+#ifndef FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
+#define FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+	#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include message_buffer.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Message buffers are built onto of stream buffers. */
+#include "stream_buffer.h"
+
+#if defined( __cplusplus )
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Type by which message buffers are referenced.  For example, a call to
+ * xMessageBufferCreate() returns an MessageBufferHandle_t variable that can
+ * then be used as a parameter to xMessageBufferSend(), xMessageBufferReceive(),
+ * etc.
+ */
+typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Creates a new message buffer using dynamically allocated memory.  See
+ * xMessageBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
+ * memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
+ *
+ * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h for xMessageBufferCreate() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes (not messages) the message
+ * buffer will be able to hold at any one time.  When a message is written to
+ * the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to
+ * store the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a
+ * 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architectures a 10 byte message will
+ * take up 14 bytes of message buffer space.
+ *
+ * @return If NULL is returned, then the message buffer cannot be created
+ * because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
+ * the message buffer data structures and storage area.  A non-NULL value being
+ * returned indicates that the message buffer has been created successfully -
+ * the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created message
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+
+void vAFunction( void )
+{
+MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
+const size_t xMessageBufferSizeBytes = 100;
+
+    // Create a message buffer that can hold 100 bytes.  The memory used to hold
+    // both the message buffer structure and the messages themselves is allocated
+    // dynamically.  Each message added to the buffer consumes an additional 4
+    // bytes which are used to hold the lengh of the message.
+    xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreate( xMessageBufferSizeBytes );
+
+    if( xMessageBuffer == NULL )
+    {
+        // There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
+        // message buffer.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // The message buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
+    }
+
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferCreate xMessageBufferCreate
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes ) ( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, ( size_t ) 0, pdTRUE )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+                                                  uint8_t *pucMessageBufferStorageArea,
+                                                  StaticMessageBuffer_t *pxStaticMessageBuffer );
+</pre>
+ * Creates a new message buffer using statically allocated memory.  See
+ * xMessageBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
+ * pucMessageBufferStorageArea parameter.  When a message is written to the
+ * message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store
+ * the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
+ * architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture a 10 byte message will take up
+ * 14 bytes of message buffer space.  The maximum number of bytes that can be
+ * stored in the message buffer is actually (xBufferSizeBytes - 1).
+ *
+ * @param pucMessageBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
+ * least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big.  This is the array to which messages are
+ * copied when they are written to the message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param pxStaticMessageBuffer Must point to a variable of type
+ * StaticMessageBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the message buffer's data
+ * structure.
+ *
+ * @return If the message buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
+ * created message buffer is returned. If either pucMessageBufferStorageArea or
+ * pxStaticmessageBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+
+// Used to dimension the array used to hold the messages.  The available space
+// will actually be one less than this, so 999.
+#define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
+
+// Defines the memory that will actually hold the messages within the message
+// buffer.
+static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
+
+// The variable used to hold the message buffer structure.
+StaticMessageBuffer_t xMessageBufferStruct;
+
+void MyFunction( void )
+{
+MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
+
+    xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
+                                                 ucBufferStorage,
+                                                 &xMessageBufferStruct );
+
+    // As neither the pucMessageBufferStorageArea or pxStaticMessageBuffer
+    // parameters were NULL, xMessageBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
+    // reference the created message buffer in other message buffer API calls.
+
+    // Other code that uses the message buffer can go here.
+}
+
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferCreateStatic xMessageBufferCreateStatic
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer ) ( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, 0, pdTRUE, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+size_t xMessageBufferSend( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
+                           const void *pvTxData,
+                           size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+                           TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+<pre>
+ *
+ * Sends a discrete message to the message buffer.  The message can be any
+ * length that fits within the buffer's free space, and is copied into the
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
+ * service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
+ * being sent.
+ *
+ * @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
+ * message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message.  That is, the number of
+ * bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer.  When a message is
+ * written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
+ * written to store the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
+ * on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
+ * xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
+ * bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the calling task should remain
+ * in the Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the
+ * message buffer, should the message buffer have insufficient space when
+ * xMessageBufferSend() is called.  The calling task will never block if
+ * xTicksToWait is zero.  The block time is specified in tick periods, so the
+ * absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The macro
+ * pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into
+ * a time specified in ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause
+ * the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  Tasks do not use any
+ * CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes written to the message buffer.  If the call to
+ * xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough space to write the
+ * message into the message buffer then zero is returned.  If the call did not
+ * time out then xDataLengthBytes is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+void vAFunction( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer )
+{
+size_t xBytesSent;
+uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
+char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
+const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
+
+    // Send an array to the message buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
+    // wait for enough space to be available in the message buffer.
+    xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
+
+    if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
+    {
+        // The call to xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough
+        // space in the buffer for the data to be written.
+    }
+
+    // Send the string to the message buffer.  Return immediately if there is
+    // not enough space in the buffer.
+    xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
+
+    if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
+    {
+        // The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
+        // not enough free space in the buffer.
+    }
+}
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferSend xMessageBufferSend
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) xStreamBufferSend( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+size_t xMessageBufferSendFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
+                                  const void *pvTxData,
+                                  size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+                                  BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+<pre>
+ *
+ * Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a discrete message to
+ * the message buffer.  The message can be any length that fits within the
+ * buffer's free space, and is copied into the buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
+ * service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
+ * being sent.
+ *
+ * @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
+ * message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message.  That is, the number of
+ * bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer.  When a message is
+ * written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
+ * written to store the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
+ * on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
+ * xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
+ * bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a message buffer will
+ * have a task blocked on it waiting for data.  Calling
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
+ * was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
+ * unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
+ * task that was interrupted), then, internally, xMessageBufferSendFromISR()
+ * will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.  If
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
+ * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  This will
+ * ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
+ * state task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
+ * is passed into the function.  See the code example below for an example.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes actually written to the message buffer.  If the
+ * message buffer didn't have enough free space for the message to be stored
+ * then 0 is returned, otherwise xDataLengthBytes is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+// A message buffer that has already been created.
+MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
+
+void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+{
+size_t xBytesSent;
+char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
+BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
+
+    // Attempt to send the string to the message buffer.
+    xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
+                                            ( void * ) pcStringToSend,
+                                            strlen( pcStringToSend ),
+                                            &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+    if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
+    {
+        // The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
+        // not enough free space in the buffer.
+    }
+
+    // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
+    // xMessageBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
+    // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
+    // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
+    // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
+    // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
+    // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
+    // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
+    portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+}
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferSendFromISR xMessageBufferSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferSendFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+size_t xMessageBufferReceive( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
+                              void *pvRxData,
+                              size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+                              TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Receives a discrete message from a message buffer.  Messages can be of
+ * variable length and are copied out of the buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
+ * interrupt service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
+ * is being received.
+ *
+ * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
+ * to be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
+ * parameter.  This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
+ * If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
+ * will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
+ * Blocked state to wait for a message, should the message buffer be empty.
+ * xMessageBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is zero and
+ * the message buffer is empty.  The block time is specified in tick periods, so
+ * the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The
+ * macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
+ * into a time specified in ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
+ * cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  Tasks do not use any
+ * CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
+ *
+ * @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
+ * any.  If xMessageBufferReceive() times out before a message became available
+ * then zero is returned.  If the length of the message is greater than
+ * xBufferLengthBytes then the message will be left in the message buffer and
+ * zero is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+void vAFunction( MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer )
+{
+uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
+size_t xReceivedBytes;
+const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
+
+    // Receive the next message from the message buffer.  Wait in the Blocked
+    // state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a maximum of 100ms for
+    // a message to become available.
+    xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer,
+                                            ( void * ) ucRxData,
+                                            sizeof( ucRxData ),
+                                            xBlockTime );
+
+    if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
+    {
+        // A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long.  Process
+        // the message here....
+    }
+}
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferReceive xMessageBufferReceive
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) xStreamBufferReceive( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
+
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+size_t xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
+                                     void *pvRxData,
+                                     size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+                                     BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives a discrete
+ * message from a message buffer.  Messages can be of variable length and are
+ * copied out of the buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
+ * interrupt service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
+ * is being received.
+ *
+ * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
+ * to be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
+ * parameter.  This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
+ * If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
+ * will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a message buffer will
+ * have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available.  Calling
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
+ * that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
+ * the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
+ * (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
+ * If xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
+ * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  That will
+ * ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
+ * task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
+ * passed into the function.  See the code example below for an example.
+ *
+ * @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
+ * any.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+// A message buffer that has already been created.
+MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer;
+
+void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+{
+uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
+size_t xReceivedBytes;
+BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;  // Initialised to pdFALSE.
+
+    // Receive the next message from the message buffer.
+    xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
+                                                  ( void * ) ucRxData,
+                                                  sizeof( ucRxData ),
+                                                  &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+    if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
+    {
+        // A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long.  Process
+        // the message here....
+    }
+
+    // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
+    // xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
+    // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
+    // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
+    // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
+    // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
+    // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
+    // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
+    portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+}
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+void vMessageBufferDelete( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Deletes a message buffer that was previously created using a call to
+ * xMessageBufferCreate() or xMessageBufferCreateStatic().  If the message
+ * buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xMessageBufferCreate()),
+ * then the allocated memory is freed.
+ *
+ * A message buffer handle must not be used after the message buffer has been
+ * deleted.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to be deleted.
+ *
+ */
+#define vMessageBufferDelete( xMessageBuffer ) vStreamBufferDelete( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+<pre>
+BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsFull( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Tests to see if a message buffer is full.  A message buffer is full if it
+ * cannot accept any more messages, of any size, until space is made available
+ * by a message being removed from the message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is full then
+ * pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferIsFull( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferIsFull( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+<pre>
+BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsEmpty( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Tests to see if a message buffer is empty (does not contain any messages).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is empty then
+ * pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferIsEmpty( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferIsEmpty( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+<pre>
+BaseType_t xMessageBufferReset( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Resets a message buffer to its initial empty state, discarding any message it
+ * contained.
+ *
+ * A message buffer can only be reset if there are no tasks blocked on it.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being reset.
+ *
+ * @return If the message buffer was reset then pdPASS is returned.  If the
+ * message buffer could not be reset because either there was a task blocked on
+ * the message queue to wait for space to become available, or to wait for a
+ * a message to be available, then pdFAIL is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferReset xMessageBufferReset
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferReset( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferReset( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+<pre>
+size_t xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
+</pre>
+ * Returns the number of bytes of free space in the message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes that can be written to the message buffer before
+ * the message buffer would be full.  When a message is written to the message
+ * buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store the
+ * message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
+ * architecture, so if xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable() returns 10, then the size
+ * of the largest message that can be written to the message buffer is 6 bytes.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+#define xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer ) /* Corrects typo in original macro name. */
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ <pre>
+ size_t xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
+ </pre>
+ * Returns the length (in bytes) of the next message in a message buffer.
+ * Useful if xMessageBufferReceive() returned 0 because the size of the buffer
+ * passed into xMessageBufferReceive() was too small to hold the next message.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The length (in bytes) of the next message in the message buffer, or 0
+ * if the message buffer is empty.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+BaseType_t xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * For advanced users only.
+ *
+ * The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
+ * data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task that
+ * was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
+ * the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
+ * from the Blocked state.  xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
+ * thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
+ * version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
+ *
+ * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
+ * additional information.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
+ * written.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
+ * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
+ * xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR().  If calling
+ * xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
+ * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
+ * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
+ * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
+ *
+ * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
+ * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+BaseType_t xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * For advanced users only.
+ *
+ * The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
+ * data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task
+ * that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
+ * then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
+ * remove it from the Blocked state.  xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
+ * does the same thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to
+ * implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
+ * ANY OTHER TIME.
+ *
+ * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
+ * additional information.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
+ * read.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
+ * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR().  If calling
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
+ * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
+ * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
+ * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
+ *
+ * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
+ * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+
+#if defined( __cplusplus )
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif	/* !defined( FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H ) */

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_prototypes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*
+ * When the MPU is used the standard (non MPU) API functions are mapped to
+ * equivalents that start "MPU_", the prototypes for which are defined in this
+ * header files.  This will cause the application code to call the MPU_ version
+ * which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting then demoting code,
+ * so the kernel code always runs will full privileges.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
+#define MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
+
+/* MPU versions of tasks.h API functions. */
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint16_t usStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint32_t ulStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer, StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTask, const MemoryRegion_t * const pxRegions ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime, const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskStartScheduler( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskSuspendAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void * MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery, BaseType_t xIndex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+uint32_t MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+uint32_t MPU_ulTaskNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask, uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskIncrementTick( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskMissedYield( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks( TickType_t xTicksToCatchUp ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+
+/* MPU versions of queue.h API functions. */
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t pxMutex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const char *pcName ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+const char * MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue, const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t xNewQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue, UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+uint8_t MPU_ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+
+/* MPU versions of timers.h API functions. */
+TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction, StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void * MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+
+/* MPU versions of event_group.h API functions. */
+EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+
+/* MPU versions of message/stream_buffer.h API functions. */
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, const void *pvTxData, size_t xDataLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, void *pvRxData, size_t xBufferLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer, uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea, StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+
+
+
+#endif /* MPU_PROTOTYPES_H */
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h

@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
+
+/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
+only for ports that are using the MPU. */
+#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
+
+	/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
+	included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
+	those files. */
+	#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+		/*
+		 * Map standard (non MPU) API functions to equivalents that start
+		 * "MPU_".  This will cause the application code to call the MPU_
+		 * version, which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting
+		 * then demoting code, so the kernel code always runs will full
+		 * privileges.
+		 */
+
+		/* Map standard tasks.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
+		#define xTaskCreate								MPU_xTaskCreate
+		#define xTaskCreateStatic						MPU_xTaskCreateStatic
+		#define xTaskCreateRestricted					MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted
+		#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions					MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
+		#define vTaskDelete								MPU_vTaskDelete
+		#define vTaskDelay								MPU_vTaskDelay
+		#define vTaskDelayUntil							MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
+		#define xTaskAbortDelay							MPU_xTaskAbortDelay
+		#define uxTaskPriorityGet						MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
+		#define eTaskGetState							MPU_eTaskGetState
+		#define vTaskGetInfo							MPU_vTaskGetInfo
+		#define vTaskPrioritySet						MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
+		#define vTaskSuspend							MPU_vTaskSuspend
+		#define vTaskResume								MPU_vTaskResume
+		#define vTaskSuspendAll							MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
+		#define xTaskResumeAll							MPU_xTaskResumeAll
+		#define xTaskGetTickCount						MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
+		#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks					MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
+		#define pcTaskGetName							MPU_pcTaskGetName
+		#define xTaskGetHandle							MPU_xTaskGetHandle
+		#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark				MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
+		#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2			MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2
+		#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag				MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
+		#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag				MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
+		#define vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer		MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer
+		#define pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer		MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer
+		#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook			MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
+		#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle					MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
+		#define uxTaskGetSystemState					MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
+		#define vTaskList								MPU_vTaskList
+		#define vTaskGetRunTimeStats					MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
+		#define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter				MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
+		#define xTaskGenericNotify						MPU_xTaskGenericNotify
+		#define xTaskNotifyWait							MPU_xTaskNotifyWait
+		#define ulTaskNotifyTake						MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake
+		#define xTaskNotifyStateClear					MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear
+		#define ulTaskNotifyValueClear					MPU_ulTaskNotifyValueClear
+		#define xTaskCatchUpTicks						MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks
+
+		#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle				MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
+		#define vTaskSetTimeOutState					MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState
+		#define xTaskCheckForTimeOut					MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut
+		#define xTaskGetSchedulerState					MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
+
+		/* Map standard queue.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
+		#define xQueueGenericSend						MPU_xQueueGenericSend
+		#define xQueueReceive							MPU_xQueueReceive
+		#define xQueuePeek								MPU_xQueuePeek
+		#define xQueueSemaphoreTake						MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake
+		#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting					MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
+		#define uxQueueSpacesAvailable					MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable
+		#define vQueueDelete							MPU_vQueueDelete
+		#define xQueueCreateMutex						MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
+		#define xQueueCreateMutexStatic					MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic
+		#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore			MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
+		#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic		MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic
+		#define xQueueGetMutexHolder					MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
+		#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive				MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
+		#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive				MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
+		#define xQueueGenericCreate						MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
+		#define xQueueGenericCreateStatic				MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic
+		#define xQueueCreateSet							MPU_xQueueCreateSet
+		#define xQueueAddToSet							MPU_xQueueAddToSet
+		#define xQueueRemoveFromSet						MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
+		#define xQueueSelectFromSet						MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
+		#define xQueueGenericReset						MPU_xQueueGenericReset
+
+		#if( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+			#define vQueueAddToRegistry						MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
+			#define vQueueUnregisterQueue					MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
+			#define pcQueueGetName							MPU_pcQueueGetName
+		#endif
+
+		/* Map standard timer.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
+		#define xTimerCreate							MPU_xTimerCreate
+		#define xTimerCreateStatic						MPU_xTimerCreateStatic
+		#define pvTimerGetTimerID						MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID
+		#define vTimerSetTimerID						MPU_vTimerSetTimerID
+		#define xTimerIsTimerActive						MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive
+		#define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle			MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
+		#define xTimerPendFunctionCall					MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall
+		#define pcTimerGetName							MPU_pcTimerGetName
+		#define vTimerSetReloadMode						MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode
+		#define uxTimerGetReloadMode					MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode
+		#define xTimerGetPeriod							MPU_xTimerGetPeriod
+		#define xTimerGetExpiryTime						MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime
+		#define xTimerGenericCommand					MPU_xTimerGenericCommand
+
+		/* Map standard event_group.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
+		#define xEventGroupCreate						MPU_xEventGroupCreate
+		#define xEventGroupCreateStatic					MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic
+		#define xEventGroupWaitBits						MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits
+		#define xEventGroupClearBits					MPU_xEventGroupClearBits
+		#define xEventGroupSetBits						MPU_xEventGroupSetBits
+		#define xEventGroupSync							MPU_xEventGroupSync
+		#define vEventGroupDelete						MPU_vEventGroupDelete
+
+		/* Map standard message/stream_buffer.h API functions to the MPU
+		equivalents. */
+		#define xStreamBufferSend						MPU_xStreamBufferSend
+		#define xStreamBufferReceive					MPU_xStreamBufferReceive
+		#define xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes		MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes
+		#define vStreamBufferDelete						MPU_vStreamBufferDelete
+		#define xStreamBufferIsFull						MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull
+		#define xStreamBufferIsEmpty					MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty
+		#define xStreamBufferReset						MPU_xStreamBufferReset
+		#define xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable			MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
+		#define xStreamBufferBytesAvailable				MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
+		#define xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel			MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
+		#define xStreamBufferGenericCreate				MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate
+		#define xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic		MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic
+
+
+		/* Remove the privileged function macro, but keep the PRIVILEGED_DATA
+		macro so applications can place data in privileged access sections
+		(useful when using statically allocated objects). */
+		#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
+		#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
+		#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
+
+	#else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
+
+		/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
+		#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
+		#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
+		#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL __attribute__((section( "freertos_system_calls")))
+
+	#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
+
+#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+	#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
+	#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
+	#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
+	#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
+
+#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+
+#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h

@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Portable layer API.  Each function must be defined for each port.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef PORTABLE_H
+#define PORTABLE_H
+
+/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file.  Originally a
+pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
+portmacro.h file for the port being used.  That scheme was deprecated in favour
+of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
+portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
+portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
+Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
+to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
+specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
+file. */
+#include "deprecated_definitions.h"
+
+/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
+did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
+included here.  In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
+must be set in the compiler's include path. */
+#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
+	#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x001f )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x000f )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK	( 0x0003 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK	( 0x0001 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK	( 0x0000 )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
+	#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
+	#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING
+	#define portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portARCH_NAME
+	#define portARCH_NAME NULL
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
+
+/*
+ * Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
+ * scheduler control.  The registers have to be placed on the stack in
+ * the order that the port expects to find them.
+ *
+ */
+#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+	#if( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
+		StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, StackType_t *pxEndOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	#else
+		StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	#endif
+#else
+	#if( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
+		StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, StackType_t *pxEndOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	#else
+		StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Used by heap_5.c to define the start address and size of each memory region
+that together comprise the total FreeRTOS heap space. */
+typedef struct HeapRegion
+{
+	uint8_t *pucStartAddress;
+	size_t xSizeInBytes;
+} HeapRegion_t;
+
+/* Used to pass information about the heap out of vPortGetHeapStats(). */
+typedef struct xHeapStats
+{
+	size_t xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes;		/* The total heap size currently available - this is the sum of all the free blocks, not the largest block that can be allocated. */
+	size_t xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes; 	/* The maximum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
+	size_t xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The minimum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
+	size_t xNumberOfFreeBlocks;				/* The number of free memory blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
+	size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;	/* The minimum amount of total free memory (sum of all free blocks) there has been in the heap since the system booted. */
+	size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations;	/* The number of calls to pvPortMalloc() that have returned a valid memory block. */
+	size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees;		/* The number of calls to vPortFree() that has successfully freed a block of memory. */
+} HeapStats_t;
+
+/*
+ * Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c.  This function
+ * must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
+ * queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
+ * pvPortMalloc being called.
+ *
+ * pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
+ * defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap.  The array is
+ * terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0.  The region
+ * with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
+ */
+void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Returns a HeapStats_t structure filled with information about the current
+ * heap state.
+ */
+void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t *pxHeapStats );
+
+/*
+ * Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
+ */
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control.  This generally
+ * sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
+ */
+BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
+ * the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
+ * executing.
+ */
+void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
+ * port layer.
+ *
+ * Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
+ * contained in xRegions.
+ */
+#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+	struct xMEMORY_REGION;
+	void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, StackType_t *pxBottomOfStack, uint32_t ulStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PORTABLE_H */
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
+#define PROJDEFS_H
+
+/*
+ * Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform.  Defined in this
+ * file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
+ */
+typedef void (*TaskFunction_t)( void * );
+
+/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks.  This macro can be
+overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
+definition here is not suitable for your application. */
+#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS
+	#define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( TickType_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( TickType_t ) 1000 ) )
+#endif
+
+#define pdFALSE			( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+#define pdTRUE			( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
+
+#define pdPASS			( pdTRUE )
+#define pdFAIL			( pdFALSE )
+#define errQUEUE_EMPTY	( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+#define errQUEUE_FULL	( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+
+/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
+#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY	( -1 )
+#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED						( -4 )
+#define errQUEUE_YIELD							( -5 )
+
+/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */
+#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES
+	#define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES 0
+#endif
+
+#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
+	#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a
+#else
+	#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5aUL
+#endif
+
+/* The following errno values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
+itself. */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_NONE			0	/* No errors */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOENT			2	/* No such file or directory */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINTR			4	/* Interrupted system call */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EIO			5	/* I/O error */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENXIO			6	/* No such device or address */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADF			9	/* Bad file number */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAGAIN			11	/* No more processes */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EWOULDBLOCK	11	/* Operation would block */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEM			12	/* Not enough memory */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EACCES			13	/* Permission denied */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFAULT			14	/* Bad address */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBUSY			16	/* Mount device busy */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EEXIST			17	/* File exists */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EXDEV			18	/* Cross-device link */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENODEV			19	/* No such device */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTDIR		20	/* Not a directory */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISDIR			21	/* Is a directory */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINVAL			22	/* Invalid argument */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOSPC			28	/* No space left on device */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ESPIPE			29	/* Illegal seek */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EROFS			30	/* Read only file system */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EUNATCH		42	/* Protocol driver not attached */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADE			50	/* Invalid exchange */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFTYPE			79	/* Inappropriate file type or format */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENMFILE		89	/* No more files */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTEMPTY		90	/* Directory not empty */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENAMETOOLONG 	91	/* File or path name too long */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EOPNOTSUPP		95	/* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOBUFS		105	/* No buffer space available */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOPROTOOPT	109	/* Protocol not available */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRINUSE		112	/* Address already in use */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ETIMEDOUT		116	/* Connection timed out */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINPROGRESS	119	/* Connection already in progress */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EALREADY		120	/* Socket already connected */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRNOTAVAIL 	125	/* Address not available */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISCONN		127	/* Socket is already connected */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTCONN		128	/* Socket is not connected */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEDIUM		135	/* No medium inserted */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EILSEQ			138	/* An invalid UTF-16 sequence was encountered. */
+#define	pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ECANCELED		140	/* Operation canceled. */
+
+/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
+itself. */
+#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN		0
+#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN			1
+
+/* Re-defining endian values for generic naming. */
+#define pdLITTLE_ENDIAN					pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#define pdBIG_ENDIAN					pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN
+
+
+#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */
+
+
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stack_macros.h

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
+#define STACK_MACROS_H
+
+/*
+ * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
+ * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
+ * past.
+ *
+ * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
+ * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
+ * the stack limit.  Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
+ * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
+ * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
+ * overwritten.  Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
+ * stack will always be recognised.
+ */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
+
+	/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()																\
+	{																									\
+		/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */								\
+		if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack )										\
+		{																								\
+			vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );	\
+		}																								\
+	}
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
+
+	/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()																\
+	{																									\
+																										\
+		/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */								\
+		if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack )									\
+		{																								\
+			vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );	\
+		}																								\
+	}
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
+
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()																\
+	{																									\
+		const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack;							\
+		const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5;											\
+																										\
+		if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||														\
+			( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||														\
+			( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||														\
+			( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) )															\
+		{																								\
+			vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );	\
+		}																								\
+	}
+
+#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
+
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()																								\
+	{																																	\
+	int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack;																		\
+	static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = {	tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,		\
+													tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,		\
+													tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,		\
+													tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,		\
+													tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE };	\
+																																		\
+																																		\
+		pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes );																					\
+																																		\
+		/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */																\
+		if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 )					\
+		{																																\
+			vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );									\
+		}																																\
+	}
+
+#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
+#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
+#endif
+
+
+
+#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stdint.readme

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+
+#ifndef FREERTOS_STDINT
+#define FREERTOS_STDINT
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ * THIS IS NOT A FULL stdint.h IMPLEMENTATION - It only contains the definitions
+ * necessary to build the FreeRTOS code.  It is provided to allow FreeRTOS to be
+ * built using compilers that do not provide their own stdint.h definition.
+ *
+ * To use this file:
+ *
+ *    1) Copy this file into the directory that contains your FreeRTOSConfig.h
+ *       header file, as that directory will already be in the compilers include
+ *       path.
+ *
+ *    2) Rename the copied file stdint.h.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef signed char int8_t;
+typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
+typedef short int16_t;
+typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
+typedef long int32_t;
+typedef unsigned long uint32_t;
+
+#endif /* FREERTOS_STDINT */

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stream_buffer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,859 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one task or
+ * interrupt to another.  Their implementation is light weight, making them
+ * particularly suited for interrupt to task and core to core communication
+ * scenarios.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section section and set the
+ * receive block time to 0.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef STREAM_BUFFER_H
+#define STREAM_BUFFER_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+	#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include stream_buffer.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined( __cplusplus )
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Type by which stream buffers are referenced.  For example, a call to
+ * xStreamBufferCreate() returns an StreamBufferHandle_t variable that can
+ * then be used as a parameter to xStreamBufferSend(), xStreamBufferReceive(),
+ * etc.
+ */
+struct StreamBufferDef_t;
+typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
+
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Creates a new stream buffer using dynamically allocated memory.  See
+ * xStreamBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
+ * memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
+ *
+ * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h for xStreamBufferCreate() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes the stream buffer will be
+ * able to hold at any one time.
+ *
+ * @param xTriggerLevelBytes The number of bytes that must be in the stream
+ * buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to wait for data is
+ * moved out of the blocked state.  For example, if a task is blocked on a read
+ * of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1 then the task will be
+ * unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer or the task's block
+ * time expires.  As another example, if a task is blocked on a read of an empty
+ * stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the task will not be
+ * unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes or the task's
+ * block time expires.  If a reading task's block time expires before the
+ * trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however many bytes
+ * are actually available.  Setting a trigger level of 0 will result in a
+ * trigger level of 1 being used.  It is not valid to specify a trigger level
+ * that is greater than the buffer size.
+ *
+ * @return If NULL is returned, then the stream buffer cannot be created
+ * because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
+ * the stream buffer data structures and storage area.  A non-NULL value being
+ * returned indicates that the stream buffer has been created successfully -
+ * the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created stream
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+
+void vAFunction( void )
+{
+StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
+const size_t xStreamBufferSizeBytes = 100, xTriggerLevel = 10;
+
+    // Create a stream buffer that can hold 100 bytes.  The memory used to hold
+    // both the stream buffer structure and the data in the stream buffer is
+    // allocated dynamically.
+    xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreate( xStreamBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevel );
+
+    if( xStreamBuffer == NULL )
+    {
+        // There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
+        // stream buffer.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // The stream buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
+    }
+}
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferCreate xStreamBufferCreate
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xStreamBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes ) xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pdFALSE )
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+                                                size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+                                                uint8_t *pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
+                                                StaticStreamBuffer_t *pxStaticStreamBuffer );
+</pre>
+ * Creates a new stream buffer using statically allocated memory.  See
+ * xStreamBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
+ *
+ * configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
+ * xStreamBufferCreateStatic() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
+ * pucStreamBufferStorageArea parameter.
+ *
+ * @param xTriggerLevelBytes The number of bytes that must be in the stream
+ * buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to wait for data is
+ * moved out of the blocked state.  For example, if a task is blocked on a read
+ * of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1 then the task will be
+ * unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer or the task's block
+ * time expires.  As another example, if a task is blocked on a read of an empty
+ * stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the task will not be
+ * unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes or the task's
+ * block time expires.  If a reading task's block time expires before the
+ * trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however many bytes
+ * are actually available.  Setting a trigger level of 0 will result in a
+ * trigger level of 1 being used.  It is not valid to specify a trigger level
+ * that is greater than the buffer size.
+ *
+ * @param pucStreamBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
+ * least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big.  This is the array to which streams are
+ * copied when they are written to the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * @param pxStaticStreamBuffer Must point to a variable of type
+ * StaticStreamBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the stream buffer's data
+ * structure.
+ *
+ * @return If the stream buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
+ * created stream buffer is returned. If either pucStreamBufferStorageArea or
+ * pxStaticstreamBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+
+// Used to dimension the array used to hold the streams.  The available space
+// will actually be one less than this, so 999.
+#define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
+
+// Defines the memory that will actually hold the streams within the stream
+// buffer.
+static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
+
+// The variable used to hold the stream buffer structure.
+StaticStreamBuffer_t xStreamBufferStruct;
+
+void MyFunction( void )
+{
+StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
+const size_t xTriggerLevel = 1;
+
+    xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
+                                               xTriggerLevel,
+                                               ucBufferStorage,
+                                               &xStreamBufferStruct );
+
+    // As neither the pucStreamBufferStorageArea or pxStaticStreamBuffer
+    // parameters were NULL, xStreamBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
+    // reference the created stream buffer in other stream buffer API calls.
+
+    // Other code that uses the stream buffer can go here.
+}
+
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferCreateStatic xStreamBufferCreateStatic
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xStreamBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer ) xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pdFALSE, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                          const void *pvTxData,
+                          size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+                          TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Sends bytes to a stream buffer.  The bytes are copied into the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xStreamBufferSend() to write to a stream buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() to write to a stream buffer from an interrupt
+ * service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which a stream is
+ * being sent.
+ *
+ * @param pvTxData A pointer to the buffer that holds the bytes to be copied
+ * into the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xDataLengthBytes   The maximum number of bytes to copy from pvTxData
+ * into the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
+ * Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the stream
+ * buffer, should the stream buffer contain too little space to hold the
+ * another xDataLengthBytes bytes.  The block time is specified in tick periods,
+ * so the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The
+ * macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
+ * into a time specified in ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
+ * cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  If a task times out
+ * before it can write all xDataLengthBytes into the buffer it will still write
+ * as many bytes as possible.  A task does not use any CPU time when it is in
+ * the blocked state.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes written to the stream buffer.  If a task times
+ * out before it can write all xDataLengthBytes into the buffer it will still
+ * write as many bytes as possible.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+void vAFunction( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+size_t xBytesSent;
+uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
+char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
+const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
+
+    // Send an array to the stream buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
+    // wait for enough space to be available in the stream buffer.
+    xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSend( xStreamBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
+
+    if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
+    {
+        // The call to xStreamBufferSend() times out before there was enough
+        // space in the buffer for the data to be written, but it did
+        // successfully write xBytesSent bytes.
+    }
+
+    // Send the string to the stream buffer.  Return immediately if there is not
+    // enough space in the buffer.
+    xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSend( xStreamBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
+
+    if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
+    {
+        // The entire string could not be added to the stream buffer because
+        // there was not enough free space in the buffer, but xBytesSent bytes
+        // were sent.  Could try again to send the remaining bytes.
+    }
+}
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferSend xStreamBufferSend
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+						  const void *pvTxData,
+						  size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+						  TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                                 const void *pvTxData,
+                                 size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+                                 BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a stream of bytes to
+ * the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xStreamBufferSend() to write to a stream buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() to write to a stream buffer from an interrupt
+ * service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which a stream is
+ * being sent.
+ *
+ * @param pvTxData A pointer to the data that is to be copied into the stream
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xDataLengthBytes The maximum number of bytes to copy from pvTxData
+ * into the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a stream buffer will
+ * have a task blocked on it waiting for data.  Calling
+ * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
+ * was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
+ * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
+ * unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
+ * task that was interrupted), then, internally, xStreamBufferSendFromISR()
+ * will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.  If
+ * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
+ * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  This will
+ * ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
+ * state task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
+ * is passed into the function.  See the example code below for an example.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes actually written to the stream buffer, which will
+ * be less than xDataLengthBytes if the stream buffer didn't have enough free
+ * space for all the bytes to be written.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+// A stream buffer that has already been created.
+StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
+
+void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+{
+size_t xBytesSent;
+char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
+BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
+
+    // Attempt to send the string to the stream buffer.
+    xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSendFromISR( xStreamBuffer,
+                                           ( void * ) pcStringToSend,
+                                           strlen( pcStringToSend ),
+                                           &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+    if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
+    {
+        // There was not enough free space in the stream buffer for the entire
+        // string to be written, ut xBytesSent bytes were written.
+    }
+
+    // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
+    // xStreamBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
+    // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
+    // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
+    // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
+    // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
+    // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
+    // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
+    taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+}
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferSendFromISR xStreamBufferSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+								 const void *pvTxData,
+								 size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+								 BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                             void *pvRxData,
+                             size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+                             TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Receives bytes from a stream buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xStreamBufferReceive() to read from a stream buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a stream buffer from an
+ * interrupt service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which bytes are to
+ * be received.
+ *
+ * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received bytes will be
+ * copied.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the
+ * pvRxData parameter.  This sets the maximum number of bytes to receive in one
+ * call.  xStreamBufferReceive will return as many bytes as possible up to a
+ * maximum set by xBufferLengthBytes.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
+ * Blocked state to wait for data to become available if the stream buffer is
+ * empty.  xStreamBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is
+ * zero.  The block time is specified in tick periods, so the absolute time it
+ * represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can
+ * be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into a time specified in
+ * ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause the task to wait
+ * indefinitely (without timing out), provided INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1
+ * in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  A task does not use any CPU time when it is in the
+ * Blocked state.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes actually read from the stream buffer, which will
+ * be less than xBufferLengthBytes if the call to xStreamBufferReceive() timed
+ * out before xBufferLengthBytes were available.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+void vAFunction( StreamBuffer_t xStreamBuffer )
+{
+uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
+size_t xReceivedBytes;
+const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
+
+    // Receive up to another sizeof( ucRxData ) bytes from the stream buffer.
+    // Wait in the Blocked state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a
+    // maximum of 100ms for the full sizeof( ucRxData ) number of bytes to be
+    // available.
+    xReceivedBytes = xStreamBufferReceive( xStreamBuffer,
+                                           ( void * ) ucRxData,
+                                           sizeof( ucRxData ),
+                                           xBlockTime );
+
+    if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
+    {
+        // A ucRxData contains another xRecievedBytes bytes of data, which can
+        // be processed here....
+    }
+}
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferReceive xStreamBufferReceive
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+							 void *pvRxData,
+							 size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+							 TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                                    void *pvRxData,
+                                    size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+                                    BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives bytes from a
+ * stream buffer.
+ *
+ * Use xStreamBufferReceive() to read bytes from a stream buffer from a task.
+ * Use xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() to read bytes from a stream buffer from an
+ * interrupt service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which a stream
+ * is being received.
+ *
+ * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received bytes are
+ * copied.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the
+ * pvRxData parameter.  This sets the maximum number of bytes to receive in one
+ * call.  xStreamBufferReceive will return as many bytes as possible up to a
+ * maximum set by xBufferLengthBytes.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a stream buffer will
+ * have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available.  Calling
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
+ * that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
+ * the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
+ * (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
+ * If xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
+ * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  That will
+ * ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
+ * task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
+ * passed into the function.  See the code example below for an example.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes read from the stream buffer, if any.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+// A stream buffer that has already been created.
+StreamBuffer_t xStreamBuffer;
+
+void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+{
+uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
+size_t xReceivedBytes;
+BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;  // Initialised to pdFALSE.
+
+    // Receive the next stream from the stream buffer.
+    xReceivedBytes = xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( xStreamBuffer,
+                                                  ( void * ) ucRxData,
+                                                  sizeof( ucRxData ),
+                                                  &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+    if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
+    {
+        // ucRxData contains xReceivedBytes read from the stream buffer.
+        // Process the stream here....
+    }
+
+    // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
+    // xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
+    // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
+    // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
+    // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
+    // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
+    // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
+    // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
+    taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+}
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+									void *pvRxData,
+									size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+									BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Deletes a stream buffer that was previously created using a call to
+ * xStreamBufferCreate() or xStreamBufferCreateStatic().  If the stream
+ * buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xStreamBufferCreate()),
+ * then the allocated memory is freed.
+ *
+ * A stream buffer handle must not be used after the stream buffer has been
+ * deleted.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to be deleted.
+ *
+ * \defgroup vStreamBufferDelete vStreamBufferDelete
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Queries a stream buffer to see if it is full.  A stream buffer is full if it
+ * does not have any free space, and therefore cannot accept any more data.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return If the stream buffer is full then pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise
+ * pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferIsFull xStreamBufferIsFull
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Queries a stream buffer to see if it is empty.  A stream buffer is empty if
+ * it does not contain any data.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return If the stream buffer is empty then pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise
+ * pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferIsEmpty xStreamBufferIsEmpty
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Resets a stream buffer to its initial, empty, state.  Any data that was in
+ * the stream buffer is discarded.  A stream buffer can only be reset if there
+ * are no tasks blocked waiting to either send to or receive from the stream
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being reset.
+ *
+ * @return If the stream buffer is reset then pdPASS is returned.  If there was
+ * a task blocked waiting to send to or read from the stream buffer then the
+ * stream buffer is not reset and pdFAIL is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferReset xStreamBufferReset
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Queries a stream buffer to see how much free space it contains, which is
+ * equal to the amount of data that can be sent to the stream buffer before it
+ * is full.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes that can be written to the stream buffer before
+ * the stream buffer would be full.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Queries a stream buffer to see how much data it contains, which is equal to
+ * the number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before the stream
+ * buffer would be empty.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before
+ * the stream buffer would be empty.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferBytesAvailable xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * A stream buffer's trigger level is the number of bytes that must be in the
+ * stream buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to
+ * wait for data is moved out of the blocked state.  For example, if a task is
+ * blocked on a read of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1
+ * then the task will be unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer
+ * or the task's block time expires.  As another example, if a task is blocked
+ * on a read of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the
+ * task will not be unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes
+ * or the task's block time expires.  If a reading task's block time expires
+ * before the trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however
+ * many bytes are actually available.  Setting a trigger level of 0 will result
+ * in a trigger level of 1 being used.  It is not valid to specify a trigger
+ * level that is greater than the buffer size.
+ *
+ * A trigger level is set when the stream buffer is created, and can be modified
+ * using xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel().
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being updated.
+ *
+ * @param xTriggerLevel The new trigger level for the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * @return If xTriggerLevel was less than or equal to the stream buffer's length
+ * then the trigger level will be updated and pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise
+ * pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * For advanced users only.
+ *
+ * The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
+ * data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task that
+ * was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
+ * the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
+ * from the Blocked state.  xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
+ * thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
+ * version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
+ *
+ * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
+ * additional information.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
+ * written.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
+ * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
+ * xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR().  If calling
+ * xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
+ * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
+ * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
+ * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
+ *
+ * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
+ * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * For advanced users only.
+ *
+ * The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
+ * data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task
+ * that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
+ * then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
+ * remove it from the Blocked state.  xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
+ * does the same thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to
+ * implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
+ * ANY OTHER TIME.
+ *
+ * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
+ * additional information.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
+ * read.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
+ * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR().  If calling
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
+ * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
+ * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
+ * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
+ *
+ * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
+ * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/* Functions below here are not part of the public API. */
+StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+												 size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+												 BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+													   size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+													   BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
+													   uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
+													   StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+size_t xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	void vStreamBufferSetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferGetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	uint8_t ucStreamBufferGetStreamBufferType( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+#if defined( __cplusplus )
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif	/* !defined( STREAM_BUFFER_H ) */

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
+{
+	/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
+	end of the list.  To initialise the list the list end is inserted
+	as the only list entry. */
+	pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );			/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+
+	/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
+	ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
+	pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
+
+	/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
+	when the list is empty. */
+	pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );	/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+	pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );/*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+
+	pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+
+	/* Write known values into the list if
+	configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+	listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
+	listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
+{
+	/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
+	pxItem->pxContainer = NULL;
+
+	/* Write known values into the list item if
+	configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+	listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
+	listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
+{
+ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
+
+	/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
+	the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
+	data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
+	listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
+	listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
+
+	/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
+	makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
+	listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
+	pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
+	pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
+
+	/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
+	mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
+
+	pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
+	pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
+
+	/* Remember which list the item is in. */
+	pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
+
+	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
+{
+ListItem_t *pxIterator;
+const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
+
+	/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
+	the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
+	data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
+	listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
+	listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
+
+	/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
+
+	If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
+	new list item should be placed after it.  This ensures that TCBs which are
+	stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
+	share of the CPU.  However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
+	the iteration loop below will not end.  Therefore the value is checked
+	first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
+	if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
+	{
+		pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
+		If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
+		listed below.  In addition see https://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for
+		more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
+		https://www.freertos.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
+
+			1) Stack overflow -
+			   see https://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
+			2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
+			   parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
+			   interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive.  See
+			   https://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
+			   of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
+			   https://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
+			3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
+			   the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
+			   not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
+			4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
+			   before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
+			   before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
+		**********************************************************************/
+
+		for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. *//*lint !e440 The iterator moves to a different value, not xValueOfInsertion. */
+		{
+			/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
+			insertion position. */
+		}
+	}
+
+	pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
+	pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
+	pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
+	pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
+
+	/* Remember which list the item is in.  This allows fast removal of the
+	item later. */
+	pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
+
+	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
+{
+/* The list item knows which list it is in.  Obtain the list from the list
+item. */
+List_t * const pxList = pxItemToRemove->pxContainer;
+
+	pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
+	pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
+
+	/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
+	mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
+
+	/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
+	if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
+	{
+		pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	pxItemToRemove->pxContainer = NULL;
+	( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
+
+	return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM0/port.c

@@ -0,0 +1,560 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the ARM CM0 port.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Scheduler includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+/* Constants required to manipulate the NVIC. */
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG			( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e010 ) )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG			( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e014 ) )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG	( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e018 ) )
+#define portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG				( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed04 ) )
+#define portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG				( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed20 ) )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT			( 1UL << 2UL )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT			( 1UL << 1UL )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT			( 1UL << 0UL )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT		( 1UL << 16UL )
+#define portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT				( 1UL << 28UL )
+#define portMIN_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY		( 255UL )
+#define portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI				( portMIN_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << 16UL )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI			( portMIN_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << 24UL )
+
+/* Constants required to set up the initial stack. */
+#define portINITIAL_XPSR			( 0x01000000 )
+
+/* The systick is a 24-bit counter. */
+#define portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER				( 0xffffffUL )
+
+/* A fiddle factor to estimate the number of SysTick counts that would have
+occurred while the SysTick counter is stopped during tickless idle
+calculations. */
+#ifndef portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR
+	#define portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR			( 45UL )
+#endif
+
+/* Let the user override the pre-loading of the initial LR with the address of
+prvTaskExitError() in case it messes up unwinding of the stack in the
+debugger. */
+#ifdef configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
+	#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS	configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
+#else
+	#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS	prvTaskExitError
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Setup the timer to generate the tick interrupts.  The implementation in this
+ * file is weak to allow application writers to change the timer used to
+ * generate the tick interrupt.
+ */
+void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void );
+
+/*
+ * Exception handlers.
+ */
+void xPortPendSVHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+void xPortSysTickHandler( void );
+void vPortSVCHandler( void );
+
+/*
+ * Start first task is a separate function so it can be tested in isolation.
+ */
+static void vPortStartFirstTask( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+
+/*
+ * Used to catch tasks that attempt to return from their implementing function.
+ */
+static void prvTaskExitError( void );
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Each task maintains its own interrupt status in the critical nesting
+variable. */
+static UBaseType_t uxCriticalNesting = 0xaaaaaaaa;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+* The number of SysTick increments that make up one tick period.
+*/
+#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
+	static uint32_t ulTimerCountsForOneTick = 0;
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+
+/*
+ * The maximum number of tick periods that can be suppressed is limited by the
+ * 24 bit resolution of the SysTick timer.
+ */
+#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
+	static uint32_t xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = 0;
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+
+/*
+ * Compensate for the CPU cycles that pass while the SysTick is stopped (low
+ * power functionality only.
+ */
+#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
+	static uint32_t ulStoppedTimerCompensation = 0;
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * See header file for description.
+ */
+StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters )
+{
+	/* Simulate the stack frame as it would be created by a context switch
+	interrupt. */
+	pxTopOfStack--; /* Offset added to account for the way the MCU uses the stack on entry/exit of interrupts. */
+	*pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_XPSR;	/* xPSR */
+	pxTopOfStack--;
+	*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) pxCode;	/* PC */
+	pxTopOfStack--;
+	*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS;	/* LR */
+	pxTopOfStack -= 5;	/* R12, R3, R2 and R1. */
+	*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) pvParameters;	/* R0 */
+	pxTopOfStack -= 8; /* R11..R4. */
+
+	return pxTopOfStack;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvTaskExitError( void )
+{
+volatile uint32_t ulDummy = 0UL;
+
+	/* A function that implements a task must not exit or attempt to return to
+	its caller as there is nothing to return to.  If a task wants to exit it
+	should instead call vTaskDelete( NULL ).
+
+	Artificially force an assert() to be triggered if configASSERT() is
+	defined, then stop here so application writers can catch the error. */
+	configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == ~0UL );
+	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+	while( ulDummy == 0 )
+	{
+		/* This file calls prvTaskExitError() after the scheduler has been
+		started to remove a compiler warning about the function being defined
+		but never called.  ulDummy is used purely to quieten other warnings
+		about code appearing after this function is called - making ulDummy
+		volatile makes the compiler think the function could return and
+		therefore not output an 'unreachable code' warning for code that appears
+		after it. */
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortSVCHandler( void )
+{
+	/* This function is no longer used, but retained for backward
+	compatibility. */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortStartFirstTask( void )
+{
+	/* The MSP stack is not reset as, unlike on M3/4 parts, there is no vector
+	table offset register that can be used to locate the initial stack value.
+	Not all M0 parts have the application vector table at address 0. */
+	__asm volatile(
+	"	.syntax unified				\n"
+	"	ldr  r2, pxCurrentTCBConst2	\n" /* Obtain location of pxCurrentTCB. */
+	"	ldr  r3, [r2]				\n"
+	"	ldr  r0, [r3]				\n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
+	"	adds r0, #32					\n" /* Discard everything up to r0. */
+	"	msr  psp, r0					\n" /* This is now the new top of stack to use in the task. */
+	"	movs r0, #2					\n" /* Switch to the psp stack. */
+	"	msr  CONTROL, r0				\n"
+	"	isb							\n"
+	"	pop  {r0-r5}					\n" /* Pop the registers that are saved automatically. */
+	"	mov  lr, r5					\n" /* lr is now in r5. */
+	"	pop  {r3}					\n" /* Return address is now in r3. */
+	"	pop  {r2}					\n" /* Pop and discard XPSR. */
+	"	cpsie i						\n" /* The first task has its context and interrupts can be enabled. */
+	"	bx   r3						\n" /* Finally, jump to the user defined task code. */
+	"								\n"
+	"	.align 4					\n"
+	"pxCurrentTCBConst2: .word pxCurrentTCB	  "
+				  );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * See header file for description.
+ */
+BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void )
+{
+	/* Make PendSV, CallSV and SysTick the same priority as the kernel. */
+	portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI;
+	portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI;
+
+	/* Start the timer that generates the tick ISR.  Interrupts are disabled
+	here already. */
+	vPortSetupTimerInterrupt();
+
+	/* Initialise the critical nesting count ready for the first task. */
+	uxCriticalNesting = 0;
+
+	/* Start the first task. */
+	vPortStartFirstTask();
+
+	/* Should never get here as the tasks will now be executing!  Call the task
+	exit error function to prevent compiler warnings about a static function
+	not being called in the case that the application writer overrides this
+	functionality by defining configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS.  Call
+	vTaskSwitchContext() so link time optimisation does not remove the
+	symbol. */
+	vTaskSwitchContext();
+	prvTaskExitError();
+
+	/* Should not get here! */
+	return 0;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortEndScheduler( void )
+{
+	/* Not implemented in ports where there is nothing to return to.
+	Artificially force an assert. */
+	configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == 1000UL );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortYield( void )
+{
+	/* Set a PendSV to request a context switch. */
+	portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT;
+
+	/* Barriers are normally not required but do ensure the code is completely
+	within the specified behaviour for the architecture. */
+	__asm volatile( "dsb" ::: "memory" );
+	__asm volatile( "isb" );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortEnterCritical( void )
+{
+	portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+	uxCriticalNesting++;
+	__asm volatile( "dsb" ::: "memory" );
+	__asm volatile( "isb" );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortExitCritical( void )
+{
+	configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting );
+	uxCriticalNesting--;
+	if( uxCriticalNesting == 0 )
+	{
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+uint32_t ulSetInterruptMaskFromISR( void )
+{
+	__asm volatile(
+					" mrs r0, PRIMASK	\n"
+					" cpsid i			\n"
+					" bx lr				  "
+					::: "memory"
+				  );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vClearInterruptMaskFromISR( __attribute__( ( unused ) ) uint32_t ulMask )
+{
+	__asm volatile(
+					" msr PRIMASK, r0	\n"
+					" bx lr				  "
+					::: "memory"
+				  );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void xPortPendSVHandler( void )
+{
+	/* This is a naked function. */
+
+	__asm volatile
+	(
+	"	.syntax unified						\n"
+	"	mrs r0, psp							\n"
+	"										\n"
+	"	ldr	r3, pxCurrentTCBConst			\n" /* Get the location of the current TCB. */
+	"	ldr	r2, [r3]						\n"
+	"										\n"
+	"	subs r0, r0, #32					\n" /* Make space for the remaining low registers. */
+	"	str r0, [r2]						\n" /* Save the new top of stack. */
+	"	stmia r0!, {r4-r7}					\n" /* Store the low registers that are not saved automatically. */
+	" 	mov r4, r8							\n" /* Store the high registers. */
+	" 	mov r5, r9							\n"
+	" 	mov r6, r10							\n"
+	" 	mov r7, r11							\n"
+	" 	stmia r0!, {r4-r7}					\n"
+	"										\n"
+	"	push {r3, r14}						\n"
+	"	cpsid i								\n"
+	"	bl vTaskSwitchContext				\n"
+	"	cpsie i								\n"
+	"	pop {r2, r3}						\n" /* lr goes in r3. r2 now holds tcb pointer. */
+	"										\n"
+	"	ldr r1, [r2]						\n"
+	"	ldr r0, [r1]						\n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
+	"	adds r0, r0, #16					\n" /* Move to the high registers. */
+	"	ldmia r0!, {r4-r7}					\n" /* Pop the high registers. */
+	" 	mov r8, r4							\n"
+	" 	mov r9, r5							\n"
+	" 	mov r10, r6							\n"
+	" 	mov r11, r7							\n"
+	"										\n"
+	"	msr psp, r0							\n" /* Remember the new top of stack for the task. */
+	"										\n"
+	"	subs r0, r0, #32					\n" /* Go back for the low registers that are not automatically restored. */
+	" 	ldmia r0!, {r4-r7}					\n" /* Pop low registers.  */
+	"										\n"
+	"	bx r3								\n"
+	"										\n"
+	"	.align 4							\n"
+	"pxCurrentTCBConst: .word pxCurrentTCB	  "
+	);
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void xPortSysTickHandler( void )
+{
+uint32_t ulPreviousMask;
+
+	ulPreviousMask = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		/* Increment the RTOS tick. */
+		if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* Pend a context switch. */
+			portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT;
+		}
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( ulPreviousMask );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Setup the systick timer to generate the tick interrupts at the required
+ * frequency.
+ */
+__attribute__(( weak )) void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void )
+{
+	/* Calculate the constants required to configure the tick interrupt. */
+	#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
+	{
+		ulTimerCountsForOneTick = ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ );
+		xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
+		ulStoppedTimerCompensation = portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR;
+	}
+	#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+
+	/* Stop and reset the SysTick. */
+	portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = 0UL;
+	portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
+
+	/* Configure SysTick to interrupt at the requested rate. */
+	portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) - 1UL;
+	portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
+
+	__attribute__((weak)) void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime )
+	{
+	uint32_t ulReloadValue, ulCompleteTickPeriods, ulCompletedSysTickDecrements;
+	TickType_t xModifiableIdleTime;
+
+		/* Make sure the SysTick reload value does not overflow the counter. */
+		if( xExpectedIdleTime > xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks )
+		{
+			xExpectedIdleTime = xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks;
+		}
+
+		/* Stop the SysTick momentarily.  The time the SysTick is stopped for
+		is accounted for as best it can be, but using the tickless mode will
+		inevitably result in some tiny drift of the time maintained by the
+		kernel with respect to calendar time. */
+		portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG &= ~portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
+
+		/* Calculate the reload value required to wait xExpectedIdleTime
+		tick periods.  -1 is used because this code will execute part way
+		through one of the tick periods. */
+		ulReloadValue = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG + ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick * ( xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL ) );
+		if( ulReloadValue > ulStoppedTimerCompensation )
+		{
+			ulReloadValue -= ulStoppedTimerCompensation;
+		}
+
+		/* Enter a critical section but don't use the taskENTER_CRITICAL()
+		method as that will mask interrupts that should exit sleep mode. */
+		__asm volatile( "cpsid i" ::: "memory" );
+		__asm volatile( "dsb" );
+		__asm volatile( "isb" );
+
+		/* If a context switch is pending or a task is waiting for the scheduler
+		to be unsuspended then abandon the low power entry. */
+		if( eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus() == eAbortSleep )
+		{
+			/* Restart from whatever is left in the count register to complete
+			this tick period. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
+
+			/* Restart SysTick. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
+
+			/* Reset the reload register to the value required for normal tick
+			periods. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
+
+			/* Re-enable interrupts - see comments above the cpsid instruction()
+			above. */
+			__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Set the new reload value. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulReloadValue;
+
+			/* Clear the SysTick count flag and set the count value back to
+			zero. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
+
+			/* Restart SysTick. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
+
+			/* Sleep until something happens.  configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING() can
+			set its parameter to 0 to indicate that its implementation contains
+			its own wait for interrupt or wait for event instruction, and so wfi
+			should not be executed again.  However, the original expected idle
+			time variable must remain unmodified, so a copy is taken. */
+			xModifiableIdleTime = xExpectedIdleTime;
+			configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xModifiableIdleTime );
+			if( xModifiableIdleTime > 0 )
+			{
+				__asm volatile( "dsb" ::: "memory" );
+				__asm volatile( "wfi" );
+				__asm volatile( "isb" );
+			}
+			configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xExpectedIdleTime );
+
+			/* Re-enable interrupts to allow the interrupt that brought the MCU
+			out of sleep mode to execute immediately.  see comments above
+			__disable_interrupt() call above. */
+			__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
+			__asm volatile( "dsb" );
+			__asm volatile( "isb" );
+
+			/* Disable interrupts again because the clock is about to be stopped
+			and interrupts that execute while the clock is stopped will increase
+			any slippage between the time maintained by the RTOS and calendar
+			time. */
+			__asm volatile( "cpsid i" ::: "memory" );
+			__asm volatile( "dsb" );
+			__asm volatile( "isb" );
+
+			/* Disable the SysTick clock without reading the
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG register to ensure the
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT is not cleared if it is set.  Again,
+			the time the SysTick is stopped for is accounted for as best it can
+			be, but using the tickless mode will inevitably result in some tiny
+			drift of the time maintained by the kernel with respect to calendar
+			time*/
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT );
+
+			/* Determine if the SysTick clock has already counted to zero and
+			been set back to the current reload value (the reload back being
+			correct for the entire expected idle time) or if the SysTick is yet
+			to count to zero (in which case an interrupt other than the SysTick
+			must have brought the system out of sleep mode). */
+			if( ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG & portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ) != 0 )
+			{
+				uint32_t ulCalculatedLoadValue;
+
+				/* The tick interrupt is already pending, and the SysTick count
+				reloaded with ulReloadValue.  Reset the
+				portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG with whatever remains of this tick
+				period. */
+				ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL ) - ( ulReloadValue - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG );
+
+				/* Don't allow a tiny value, or values that have somehow
+				underflowed because the post sleep hook did something
+				that took too long. */
+				if( ( ulCalculatedLoadValue < ulStoppedTimerCompensation ) || ( ulCalculatedLoadValue > ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) )
+				{
+					ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL );
+				}
+
+				portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulCalculatedLoadValue;
+
+				/* As the pending tick will be processed as soon as this
+				function exits, the tick value maintained by the tick is stepped
+				forward by one less than the time spent waiting. */
+				ulCompleteTickPeriods = xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Something other than the tick interrupt ended the sleep.
+				Work out how long the sleep lasted rounded to complete tick
+				periods (not the ulReload value which accounted for part
+				ticks). */
+				ulCompletedSysTickDecrements = ( xExpectedIdleTime * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
+
+				/* How many complete tick periods passed while the processor
+				was waiting? */
+				ulCompleteTickPeriods = ulCompletedSysTickDecrements / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
+
+				/* The reload value is set to whatever fraction of a single tick
+				period remains. */
+				portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( ( ulCompleteTickPeriods + 1UL ) * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - ulCompletedSysTickDecrements;
+			}
+
+			/* Restart SysTick so it runs from portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG
+			again, then set portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG back to its standard
+			value. */
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
+			vTaskStepTick( ulCompleteTickPeriods );
+			portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
+
+			/* Exit with interrpts enabled. */
+			__asm volatile( "cpsie i" ::: "memory" );
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM0/portmacro.h

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
+#define PORTMACRO_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Port specific definitions.
+ *
+ * The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
+ * given hardware and compiler.
+ *
+ * These settings should not be altered.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* Type definitions. */
+#define portCHAR		char
+#define portFLOAT		float
+#define portDOUBLE		double
+#define portLONG		long
+#define portSHORT		short
+#define portSTACK_TYPE	uint32_t
+#define portBASE_TYPE	long
+
+typedef portSTACK_TYPE StackType_t;
+typedef long BaseType_t;
+typedef unsigned long UBaseType_t;
+
+#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
+	typedef uint16_t TickType_t;
+	#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffff
+#else
+	typedef uint32_t TickType_t;
+	#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffffffffUL
+
+	/* 32-bit tick type on a 32-bit architecture, so reads of the tick count do
+	not need to be guarded with a critical section. */
+	#define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 1
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Architecture specifics. */
+#define portSTACK_GROWTH			( -1 )
+#define portTICK_PERIOD_MS			( ( TickType_t ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
+#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT			8
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/* Scheduler utilities. */
+extern void vPortYield( void );
+#define portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG		( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed04 ) )
+#define portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT		( 1UL << 28UL )
+#define portYIELD()					vPortYield()
+#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) if( xSwitchRequired ) portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT
+#define portYIELD_FROM_ISR( x ) portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( x )
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/* Critical section management. */
+extern void vPortEnterCritical( void );
+extern void vPortExitCritical( void );
+extern uint32_t ulSetInterruptMaskFromISR( void ) __attribute__((naked));
+extern void vClearInterruptMaskFromISR( uint32_t ulMask )  __attribute__((naked));
+
+#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()		ulSetInterruptMaskFromISR()
+#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(x)	vClearInterruptMaskFromISR( x )
+#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS()				__asm volatile 	( " cpsid i " ::: "memory" )
+#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS()					__asm volatile 	( " cpsie i " ::: "memory" )
+#define portENTER_CRITICAL()					vPortEnterCritical()
+#define portEXIT_CRITICAL()						vPortExitCritical()
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Tickless idle/low power functionality. */
+#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
+	extern void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime );
+	#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime ) vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( xExpectedIdleTime )
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site. */
+#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
+#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
+
+#define portNOP()
+
+#define portMEMORY_BARRIER() __asm volatile( "" ::: "memory" )
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */
+

USB-PD_Provider_1port/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c

@@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.3.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*
+ * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that combines
+ * (coalescences) adjacent memory blocks as they are freed, and in so doing
+ * limits memory fragmentation.
+ *
+ * See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the
+ * memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
+	#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
+#endif
+
+/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
+#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE	( ( size_t ) ( xHeapStructSize << 1 ) )
+
+/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
+#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE		( ( size_t ) 8 )
+
+/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
+#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
+	/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
+	heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
+	extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+#else
+	static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
+
+/* Define the linked list structure.  This is used to link free blocks in order
+of their memory address. */
+typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
+{
+	struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock;	/*<< The next free block in the list. */
+	size_t xBlockSize;						/*<< The size of the free block. */
+} BlockLink_t;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
+ * the list of free memory blocks.  The block being freed will be merged with
+ * the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
+ * adjacent to each other.
+ */
+static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert );
+
+/*
+ * Called automatically to setup the required heap structures the first time
+ * pvPortMalloc() is called.
+ */
+static void prvHeapInit( void );
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
+block must by correctly byte aligned. */
+static const size_t xHeapStructSize	= ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( size_t ) ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) ) & ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
+
+/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
+static BlockLink_t xStart, *pxEnd = NULL;
+
+/* Keeps track of the number of calls to allocate and free memory as well as the
+number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about fragmentation. */
+static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
+static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
+static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = 0;
+static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = 0;
+
+/* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type.  When this bit in the xBlockSize
+member of an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the
+application.  When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap
+space. */
+static size_t xBlockAllocatedBit = 0;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
+void *pvReturn = NULL;
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
+		initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
+		if( pxEnd == NULL )
+		{
+			prvHeapInit();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* Check the requested block size is not so large that the top bit is
+		set.  The top bit of the block size member of the BlockLink_t structure
+		is used to determine who owns the block - the application or the
+		kernel, so it must be free. */
+		if( ( xWantedSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) == 0 )
+		{
+			/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
+			structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
+			if( xWantedSize > 0 )
+			{
+				xWantedSize += xHeapStructSize;
+
+				/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number
+				of bytes. */
+				if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
+				{
+					/* Byte alignment required. */
+					xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
+					configASSERT( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
+			{
+				/* Traverse the list from the start	(lowest address) block until
+				one	of adequate size is found. */
+				pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
+				pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
+				while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
+				{
+					pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
+					pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+				}
+
+				/* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
+				was	not found. */
+				if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
+				{
+					/* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
+					BlockLink_t structure at its start. */
+					pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + xHeapStructSize );
+
+					/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
+					of the list of free blocks. */
+					pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+
+					/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
+					two. */
+					if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
+					{
+						/* This block is to be split into two.  Create a new
+						block following the number of bytes requested. The void
+						cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
+						compiler. */
+						pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
+						configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pxNewBlockLink ) & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
+
+						/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
+						single block. */
+						pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
+						pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
+
+						/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
+						prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxNewBlockLink );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+
+					if( xFreeBytesRemaining < xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining )
+					{
+						xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xFreeBytesRemaining;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+
+					/* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
+					by the application and has no "next" block. */
+					pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
+					pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
+					xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations++;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
+	}
+	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+	{
+		if( pvReturn == NULL )
+		{
+			extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+			vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pvReturn ) & ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
+	return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+uint8_t *puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
+BlockLink_t *pxLink;
+
+	if( pv != NULL )
+	{
+		/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
+		before it. */
+		puc -= xHeapStructSize;
+
+		/* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
+		pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
+
+		/* Check the block is actually allocated. */
+		configASSERT( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 );
+		configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
+
+		if( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 )
+		{
+			if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
+			{
+				/* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
+				allocated. */
+				pxLink->xBlockSize &= ~xBlockAllocatedBit;
+
+				vTaskSuspendAll();
+				{
+					/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
+					xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
+					traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
+					prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
+					xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees++;
+				}
+				( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+	return xFreeBytesRemaining;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+	return xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
+{
+	/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvHeapInit( void )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxFirstFreeBlock;
+uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap;
+size_t uxAddress;
+size_t xTotalHeapSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE;
+
+	/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
+	uxAddress = ( size_t ) ucHeap;
+
+	if( ( uxAddress & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
+	{
+		uxAddress += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 );
+		uxAddress &= ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
+		xTotalHeapSize -= uxAddress - ( size_t ) ucHeap;
+	}
+
+	pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) uxAddress;
+
+	/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
+	blocks.  The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
+	xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
+	xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
+
+	/* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is inserted
+	at the end of the heap space. */
+	uxAddress = ( ( size_t ) pucAlignedHeap ) + xTotalHeapSize;
+	uxAddress -= xHeapStructSize;
+	uxAddress &= ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
+	pxEnd = ( void * ) uxAddress;
+	pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
+	pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
+
+	/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
+	entire heap space, minus the space taken by pxEnd. */
+	pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
+	pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = uxAddress - ( size_t ) pxFirstFreeBlock;
+	pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
+
+	/* Only one block exists - and it covers the entire usable heap space. */
+	xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
+	xFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
+
+	/* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */
+	xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxIterator;
+uint8_t *puc;
+
+	/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
+	than the block being inserted. */
+	for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
+	{
+		/* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
+	}
+
+	/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
+	make a contiguous block of memory? */
+	puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator;
+	if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert )
+	{
+		pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
+		pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+
+	/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
+	make a contiguous block of memory? */
+	puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert;
+	if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
+	{
+		if( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock != pxEnd )
+		{
+			/* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
+			pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
+			pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
+	}
+
+	/* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block
+	before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
+	already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
+	to itself. */
+	if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
+	{
+		pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t *pxHeapStats )
+{
+BlockLink_t *pxBlock;
+size_t xBlocks = 0, xMaxSize = 0, xMinSize = portMAX_DELAY; /* portMAX_DELAY used as a portable way of getting the maximum value. */
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
+
+		/* pxBlock will be NULL if the heap has not been initialised.  The heap
+		is initialised automatically when the first allocation is made. */
+		if( pxBlock != NULL )
+		{
+			do
+			{
+				/* Increment the number of blocks and record the largest block seen
+				so far. */
+				xBlocks++;
+
+				if( pxBlock->xBlockSize > xMaxSize )
+				{
+					xMaxSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+				}
+
+				if( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xMinSize )
+				{
+					xMinSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+				}
+
+				/* Move to the next block in the chain until the last block is
+				reached. */
+				pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+			} while( pxBlock != pxEnd );
+		}
+	}
+	xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	pxHeapStats->xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes = xMaxSize;
+	pxHeapStats->xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes = xMinSize;
+	pxHeapStats->xNumberOfFreeBlocks = xBlocks;
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		pxHeapStats->xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes = xFreeBytesRemaining;
+		pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations;
+		pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees;
+		pxHeapStats->xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+